From ac3a1c8ebd6b0c025c05a86b4e89187a76e2950f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Claudio Fontana Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2005 10:47:43 +0000 Subject: *** empty log message *** --- ABOUT-NLS | 806 +++++- Makefile.in | 15 +- aclocal.m4 | 40 + config.guess | 1453 ++++++++++ config.rpath | 571 ++++ config.sub | 1566 +++++++++++ configure | 38 +- configure.ac | 1 + doc/Makefile.in | 13 +- doc/mdate-sh | 109 +- doc/texinfo.tex | 7278 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------- doc/version.texi | 4 + elisp-comp | 89 + intl/ChangeLog | 1091 +------- lib/Makefile.in | 9 +- libidu/Makefile.in | 9 +- libidu/xnls.h | 3 + lisp/Makefile.am | 4 +- lisp/Makefile.in | 9 +- m4/Makefile.am | 21 +- m4/Makefile.in | 9 +- po/Makevars | 41 + po/Makevars.template | 41 + po/Rules-quot | 47 + po/en@boldquot.header | 25 + po/en@quot.header | 22 + po/insert-header.sin | 23 + po/remove-potcdate.sed | 11 - po/remove-potcdate.sin | 19 + src/Makefile.in | 9 +- testsuite/Makefile.in | 492 ++-- 31 files changed, 9575 insertions(+), 4293 deletions(-) create mode 100755 config.guess create mode 100755 config.rpath create mode 100755 config.sub create mode 100644 doc/version.texi create mode 100755 elisp-comp create mode 100644 po/Makevars create mode 100644 po/Makevars.template create mode 100644 po/Rules-quot create mode 100644 po/en@boldquot.header create mode 100644 po/en@quot.header create mode 100644 po/insert-header.sin delete mode 100644 po/remove-potcdate.sed create mode 100644 po/remove-potcdate.sin diff --git a/ABOUT-NLS b/ABOUT-NLS index 4bb73cc..2f50c66 100644 --- a/ABOUT-NLS +++ b/ABOUT-NLS @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -Notes on the GNU Translation Project -************************************ +Notes on the Free Translation Project +************************************* - GNU is going international! The GNU Translation Project is a way to -get maintainers, translators, and users all together, so that GNU will -gradually become able to speak many languages. A few packages already -provide translations for their messages. +Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is +a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all +together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages. +A few packages already provide translations for their messages. - If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a GNU distribution, you -may assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' -internally, itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you -do *not* need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing -or using this package with messages translated. + If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may +assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally, +itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_ +need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using +this package with messages translated. Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the @@ -22,50 +22,52 @@ related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of `gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the `intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages. -One advise in advance -===================== +Quick configuration advice +========================== - If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you +If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you should configure it using ./configure --with-included-gettext to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this -package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in -the operating system where this package is being installed. So far, no -prior implementation provides as many useful features (such as locale -alias or message inheritance). It is also not possible to offer this -additional functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation. Future -versions of GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more -functionality. So it might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext' -as soon as possible. +package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the +operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only +the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as +many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic +charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here. +It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top +of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will +very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea +to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible. + + So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or +you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the +included `libintl'. INSTALL Matters =============== - Some GNU packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the -programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language. -Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own -ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. +Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs +they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such +packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to +internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of -messages. It will automatically detect whether the system provides -usable `catgets' (if using this is selected by the installer) or -`gettext' functions. If neither is available, the GNU `gettext' own +messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already +provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the GNU `gettext' own library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of -the GNU `gettext' package is *not* required. Installers may use +the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. Installers may use special options at configuration time for changing the default behaviour. The commands: ./configure --with-included-gettext - ./configure --with-catgets ./configure --disable-nls -will respectively bypass any pre-existing `catgets' or `gettext' to use -the internationalizing routines provided within this package, enable -the use of the `catgets' functions (if found on the locale system), or -else, *totally* disable translation of messages. +will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the +internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else, +_totally_ disable translation of messages. When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will @@ -79,18 +81,10 @@ package is more recent, you should use to prevent auto-detection. - By default the configuration process will not test for the `catgets' -function and therefore they will not be used. The reasons are already -given above: the emulation on top of `catgets' cannot provide all the -extensions provided by the GNU `gettext' library. If you nevertheless -want to use the `catgets' functions use - - ./configure --with-catgets - -to enable the test for `catgets' (this causes no harm if `catgets' is -not available on your system). If you really select this option we -would like to hear about the reasons because we cannot think of any -good one ourself. + The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function +and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an +emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the +extensions of the GNU `gettext' library. Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless @@ -104,107 +98,638 @@ codes, stating which languages are allowed. Using This Package ================== - As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you +As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate -ISO 639 `LL' two-letter code prior to using the programs in the -package. For example, let's suppose that you speak German. At the -shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'), -`export LANG; LANG=de' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de' (in `bash'). This -can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all. - - An operating system might already offer message localization for -many of its programs, while other programs (whether GNU or not) have -been installed locally with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'. -Just using `gettext' extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper -localization of already available operating system programs. In this -case, users should set both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their -environment, as programs using GNU `gettext' give preference to -`LANGUAGE'. For example, some Swedish users would rather read -translations in German than English for when Swedish is not available. -This is easily accomplished by setting `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while -leaving `LANG' to `sv'. +`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code, +and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's +suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell +prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'), +`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash'). +This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for +all. + + You might think that the country code specification is redundant. +But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For +example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The +country code serves to distinguish the dialects. + + The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the +language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based +on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are +used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of +locales supported by your system for your country by running the command +`locale -a | grep '^LL''. + + Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an +English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you +understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages. +This is done through a different environment variable, called +`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG' +for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG' +set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the +system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather +read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not +available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'. + + Special advice for Norwegian users: The language code for Norwegian +bokma*l changed from `no' to `nb' recently (in 2003). During the +transition period, while some message catalogs for this language are +installed under `nb' and some older ones under `no', it's recommended +for Norwegian users to set `LANGUAGE' to `nb:no' so that both newer and +older translations are used. + + In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG' +environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL' +to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent +to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT' +(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context. Translating Teams ================= - For the GNU Translation Project to be a success, we need interested +For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. -Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux -International. You may reach your translation team at the address -`LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your -language. Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given -in ISO 3166. The following translation teams exist, as of May 1996: - - Arabic `ar', Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', - English `en', Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German - `de', Greek `el', Hebrew `he', Hungarian `hu', Irish `ga', Italian - `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja', Korean `ko', Latin `la', - Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish `pl', Portuguese `pt', - Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es', Swedish `sv', Telugu - `te', Turkish `tr' and Ukrainian `uk'. - -For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to -`zh@li.org'. - - If you'd like to volunteer to *work* at translating messages, you +Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of +teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage, +`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams" +area. + + If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you should become a member of the translating team for your own language. -The subscribing address is *not* the same as the list itself, it has +The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has `-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body: subscribe Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate -*actively* in translations, or at solving translational difficulties, +_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties, rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to -get started, please write to `gnu-translation@gnu.ai.mit.edu' to reach -the GNU coordinator for all translator teams. +get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the +coordinator for all translator teams. The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing -the terminology used in GNU. Proven linguistic skill are praised more -than programming skill, here. For the time being, please avoid -subscribing to the English team unless explicitly invited to do so. +the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skill are praised more than +programming skill, here. Available Packages ================== - Languages are not equally supported in all GNU packages. The -following matrix shows the current state of GNU internationalization, -as of May 1996. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which -languages PO files have been submitted to translation coordination. - - cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv - .-------------------------------------------. - bash | [] | 1 - bison | [] | 1 - clisp | [] [] [] | 3 - cpio | [] | 1 - diffutils | [] [] [] | 3 - enscript | [] [] [] [] | 4 - fileutils | [] [] [] [] | 4 - findutils | [] [] | 2 - flex | [] | 1 - gcal | [] | 1 - gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9 - glibc | [] [] [] | 3 - grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 - hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 - m4 | [] [] [] [] | 4 - make | | 0 - mkid | [] [] | 2 - music | [] | 1 - ptx | [] [] [] | 3 - recode | [] [] [] [] [] | 5 - sh-utils | [] [] | 2 - sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 4 - tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 7 - textutils | [] [] [] [] | 4 - wdiff | [] [] [] [] | 4 - `-------------------------------------------' - cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv - 1 17 1 3 1 22 1 6 3 3 4 3 6 10 81 +Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following +matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of January +2004. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages +PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a +translation percentage of at least 50%. + + Ready PO files af am ar az be bg bs ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es + +----------------------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] [] [] | + aegis | () | + ant-phone | () | + anubis | | + ap-utils | | + aspell | [] | + bash | [] [] [] [] | + batchelor | | + bfd | [] [] | + binutils | [] [] | + bison | [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] | + clisp | | + clisp | [] [] [] | + console-tools | [] [] | + coreutils | [] [] [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] | + darkstat | [] () [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + e2fsprogs | [] [] [] | + enscript | [] [] [] [] | + error | [] [] [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] () [] [] [] [] | + fileutils | [] [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] [] | + fslint | | + gas | [] | + gawk | [] [] [] [] | + gbiff | [] | + gcal | [] | + gcc | [] [] | + gettext | [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] [] | + gimp-print | [] [] [] [] [] | + gliv | | + glunarclock | [] [] | + gnubiff | [] | + gnucash | [] () [] [] | + gnucash-glossary | [] () [] | + gnupg | [] () [] [] [] [] | + gpe-aerial | [] | + gpe-beam | [] [] | + gpe-calendar | [] [] | + gpe-clock | [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] [] | + gpe-contacts | [] [] | + gpe-edit | [] | + gpe-go | [] | + gpe-login | [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | + gpe-su | [] [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] | + gpe-today | [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] [] | + gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | + gprof | [] [] [] | + gpsdrive | () () () | + gramadoir | [] | + grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gretl | [] | + gtick | [] () | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | | + iso_3166_3 | [] | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] | + iso_639 | | + jpilot | [] [] [] | + jtag | | + jwhois | [] | + kbd | [] [] [] [] [] | + latrine | () | + ld | [] [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] | + libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] | + lifelines | [] () | + lilypond | [] | + lingoteach | | + lingoteach_lessons | () () | + lynx | [] [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] | + mailutils | [] [] | + make | [] [] [] | + man-db | [] () [] [] () | + minicom | [] [] [] | + mysecretdiary | [] [] [] | + nano | [] () [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] | + parted | [] [] [] [] [] | + ptx | [] [] [] [] [] | + python | | + radius | [] | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + rpm | [] [] | + screem | | + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] [] | + shared-mime-info | | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + silky | () | + skencil | [] () [] | + sketch | [] () [] | + soundtracker | [] [] [] | + sp | [] | + tar | [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] | + textutils | [] [] [] [] | + tin | () () | + tp-robot | | + tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | | + util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] | + vorbis-tools | [] [] [] [] | + wastesedge | () | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] [] | + xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] | + xpad | [] | + +----------------------------------------------------+ + af am ar az be bg bs ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es + 4 0 0 1 9 4 1 40 41 60 78 17 1 5 13 68 + + et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id is it ja ko lg + +-------------------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] [] () () | + aegis | | + ant-phone | [] | + anubis | [] | + ap-utils | [] | + aspell | [] [] | + bash | [] [] | + batchelor | [] [] | + bfd | [] | + binutils | [] [] | + bison | [] [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] | + clisp | | + clisp | [] | + console-tools | | + coreutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] [] | + darkstat | () [] [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + e2fsprogs | | + enscript | [] [] | + error | [] [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] | + fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] | + fslint | [] | + gas | [] | + gawk | [] [] [] | + gbiff | [] | + gcal | [] | + gcc | [] | + gettext | [] [] [] | + gettext-examples | [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] [] | + gimp-print | [] [] | + gliv | () | + glunarclock | [] [] [] [] | + gnubiff | [] | + gnucash | () [] | + gnucash-glossary | [] | + gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-aerial | [] | + gpe-beam | [] | + gpe-calendar | [] [] [] | + gpe-clock | [] | + gpe-conf | [] | + gpe-contacts | [] [] | + gpe-edit | [] [] | + gpe-go | [] | + gpe-login | [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] | + gpe-su | [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] | + gpe-today | [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] [] | + gphoto2 | [] [] [] | + gprof | [] [] | + gpsdrive | () () () | + gramadoir | [] [] | + grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gretl | [] [] | + gtick | [] [] [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | | + iso_3166_3 | | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_639 | | + jpilot | [] () | + jtag | [] | + jwhois | [] [] [] [] | + kbd | [] | + latrine | [] | + ld | [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] | + libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + lifelines | () | + lilypond | [] | + lingoteach | [] [] | + lingoteach_lessons | | + lynx | [] [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] | + mailutils | | + make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + man-db | () () | + minicom | [] [] [] [] | + mysecretdiary | [] [] | + nano | [] [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] | + parted | [] [] [] | + ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + python | | + radius | [] | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + rpm | [] [] | + screem | | + scrollkeeper | [] | + sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + shared-mime-info | [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] | + silky | () [] () () | + skencil | [] | + sketch | [] | + soundtracker | [] [] | + sp | [] () | + tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] [] | + textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + tin | [] () | + tp-robot | [] | + tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | [] [] | + util-linux | [] [] [] [] () [] | + vorbis-tools | [] | + wastesedge | () | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] | + xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] | + xpad | [] [] | + +-------------------------------------------------+ + et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id is it ja ko lg + 22 2 1 26 106 28 24 8 10 41 33 1 26 33 12 0 + + lt lv mk mn ms mt nb nl nn no nso pl pt pt_BR ro ru + +-----------------------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] () () [] [] [] | + aegis | () () () | + ant-phone | [] [] | + anubis | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + ap-utils | [] () [] | + aspell | [] | + bash | [] [] [] | + batchelor | [] | + bfd | [] | + binutils | [] | + bison | [] [] [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] | + clisp | | + clisp | [] | + console-tools | [] | + coreutils | [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | + darkstat | [] [] [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + e2fsprogs | [] | + enscript | [] [] [] [] | + error | [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] [] () [] | + fileutils | [] [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] [] | + fslint | [] [] | + gas | | + gawk | [] [] [] | + gbiff | [] [] | + gcal | | + gcc | | + gettext | [] [] [] | + gettext-examples | [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] | + gimp-print | [] | + gliv | [] [] [] | + glunarclock | [] [] [] [] | + gnubiff | [] | + gnucash | [] [] () [] | + gnucash-glossary | [] [] | + gnupg | [] | + gpe-aerial | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-beam | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-contacts | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-go | [] [] [] | + gpe-login | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-su | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-today | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] | + gphoto2 | [] | + gprof | [] [] | + gpsdrive | () () [] | + gramadoir | () [] | + grep | [] [] [] [] [] | + gretl | | + gtick | [] [] [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166 | [] [] [] | + iso_3166_1 | [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | | + iso_3166_3 | [] | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_639 | [] | + jpilot | () () | + jtag | | + jwhois | [] [] [] [] () | + kbd | [] [] [] | + latrine | [] | + ld | | + libc | [] [] [] [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] [] | + libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] | + lifelines | | + lilypond | | + lingoteach | | + lingoteach_lessons | | + lynx | [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] [] | + mailutils | [] [] [] | + make | [] [] [] [] | + man-db | [] | + minicom | [] [] [] [] | + mysecretdiary | [] [] [] | + nano | [] [] [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] [] | + parted | [] [] [] [] | + ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + python | | + radius | [] [] | + recode | [] [] [] [] | + rpm | [] [] [] | + screem | | + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] | + shared-mime-info | [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] | + silky | () | + skencil | [] [] | + sketch | [] [] | + soundtracker | | + sp | | + tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] [] | + textutils | [] [] | + tin | | + tp-robot | [] | + tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | | + util-linux | [] [] [] | + vorbis-tools | [] [] [] | + wastesedge | | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] | + xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] | + xpad | [] [] | + +-----------------------------------------------------+ + lt lv mk mn ms mt nb nl nn no nso pl pt pt_BR ro ru + 1 2 0 3 12 0 10 69 6 7 1 40 26 36 76 63 + + sk sl sr sv ta th tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_TW zu + +-----------------------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] [] [] | 16 + aegis | | 0 + ant-phone | | 3 + anubis | [] [] | 9 + ap-utils | () | 3 + aspell | | 4 + bash | | 9 + batchelor | | 3 + bfd | [] [] | 6 + binutils | [] [] [] | 8 + bison | [] [] | 14 + bluez-pin | [] [] [] | 14 + clisp | | 0 + clisp | | 5 + console-tools | | 3 + coreutils | [] [] [] [] | 16 + cpio | [] [] | 14 + darkstat | [] [] [] () () | 12 + diffutils | [] [] [] | 23 + e2fsprogs | [] [] | 6 + enscript | [] [] | 12 + error | [] [] [] | 15 + fetchmail | [] [] | 11 + fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 17 + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 29 + flex | [] [] | 13 + fslint | | 3 + gas | [] | 3 + gawk | [] [] | 12 + gbiff | | 4 + gcal | [] [] | 4 + gcc | [] | 4 + gettext | [] [] [] [] [] | 16 + gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] | 14 + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 22 + gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 14 + gimp-print | [] [] | 10 + gliv | | 3 + glunarclock | [] [] [] | 13 + gnubiff | | 3 + gnucash | [] [] | 9 + gnucash-glossary | [] [] [] | 8 + gnupg | [] [] [] [] | 17 + gpe-aerial | [] | 7 + gpe-beam | [] | 8 + gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] | 13 + gpe-clock | [] [] [] | 10 + gpe-conf | [] [] | 9 + gpe-contacts | [] [] [] | 11 + gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] | 12 + gpe-go | | 5 + gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] | 13 + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | 13 + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | 9 + gpe-su | [] [] [] | 10 + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] | 10 + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | 12 + gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] | 13 + gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] | 12 + gphoto2 | [] [] [] | 11 + gprof | [] [] | 9 + gpsdrive | [] [] | 3 + gramadoir | [] | 5 + grep | [] [] [] [] | 26 + gretl | | 3 + gtick | | 7 + hello | [] [] [] [] [] | 34 + id-utils | [] [] | 12 + indent | [] [] [] [] | 21 + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27 + iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] | 16 + iso_3166_2 | | 0 + iso_3166_3 | | 2 + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24 + iso_639 | | 1 + jpilot | [] [] [] [] [] | 9 + jtag | [] | 2 + jwhois | () [] [] | 11 + kbd | [] [] | 11 + latrine | | 2 + ld | [] [] | 5 + libc | [] [] [] [] | 20 + libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] | 13 + libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27 + lifelines | [] | 2 + lilypond | [] | 3 + lingoteach | | 2 + lingoteach_lessons | () | 0 + lynx | [] [] [] | 14 + m4 | [] [] | 15 + mailutils | | 5 + make | [] [] [] | 16 + man-db | [] | 5 + minicom | | 11 + mysecretdiary | [] [] | 10 + nano | [] [] [] [] | 17 + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] | 17 + opcodes | [] [] | 6 + parted | [] [] [] | 15 + ptx | [] [] | 22 + python | | 0 + radius | | 4 + recode | [] [] [] | 20 + rpm | [] [] | 9 + screem | [] [] | 2 + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] | 15 + sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24 + sh-utils | [] [] | 14 + shared-mime-info | [] [] | 7 + sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 17 + silky | () | 3 + skencil | [] | 6 + sketch | [] | 6 + soundtracker | [] [] | 7 + sp | [] | 3 + tar | [] [] [] [] [] | 24 + texinfo | [] [] [] | 14 + textutils | [] [] [] [] | 16 + tin | | 1 + tp-robot | | 2 + tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] | 29 + unicode-han-tra... | | 0 + unicode-transla... | | 2 + util-linux | [] [] | 15 + vorbis-tools | | 8 + wastesedge | | 0 + wdiff | [] [] [] | 18 + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24 + xchat | [] [] [] [] [] | 15 + xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] [] [] [] | 11 + xpad | | 5 + +-----------------------------------------------------+ + 63 teams sk sl sr sv ta th tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_TW zu + 131 domains 47 19 28 83 0 0 59 13 1 1 11 0 22 22 0 1373 Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are @@ -215,8 +740,29 @@ dialects. which it applies should also have been internationalized and distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a -GNU distribution. - - If May 1996 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of -this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. +distribution. + + If January 2004 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of +this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date +matrix with full percentage details can be found at +`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'. + +Using `gettext' in new packages +=============================== + +If you are writing a freely available program and want to +internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your +package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public +License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means +in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared +library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static +library or use modified versions of `libintl'. + + Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle +the use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The +Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not +developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above +applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact +`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to +the translation teams. diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in index 4e6b2b5..3479f73 100644 --- a/Makefile.in +++ b/Makefile.in @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/config.h.in \ $(top_srcdir)/configure $(top_srcdir)/intl/Makefile.in \ ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS THANKS TODO \ - config.guess config.rpath config.sub depcomp elisp-comp \ - install-sh missing mkinstalldirs + config.guess config.sub depcomp elisp-comp install-sh missing \ + mkinstalldirs subdir = . ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/alloca.m4 \ @@ -165,6 +165,9 @@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ @@ -235,7 +238,7 @@ all: config.h .SUFFIXES: am--refresh: @: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ @@ -262,9 +265,9 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck -$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) -$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) config.h: stamp-h1 @@ -276,7 +279,7 @@ config.h: stamp-h1 stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @rm -f stamp-h1 cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h -$(srcdir)/config.h.in: $(am__configure_deps) +$(srcdir)/config.h.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER) rm -f stamp-h1 touch $@ diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4 index b6ced76..d95f55c 100644 --- a/aclocal.m4 +++ b/aclocal.m4 @@ -642,6 +642,46 @@ AC_SUBST([lispdir]) AU_DEFUN([ud_PATH_LISPDIR], [AM_PATH_LISPDIR]) +# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. +# From Jim Meyering + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA +# 02111-1307, USA. + +# serial 3 + +AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE], +[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles]) + dnl maintainer-mode is disabled by default + AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode, +[ --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful + (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer], + USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval, + USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE]) + AM_CONDITIONAL(MAINTAINER_MODE, [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes]) + MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE + AC_SUBST(MAINT)dnl +] +) + +AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE]) + # Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. diff --git a/config.guess b/config.guess new file mode 100755 index 0000000..8229471 --- /dev/null +++ b/config.guess @@ -0,0 +1,1453 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Attempt to guess a canonical system name. +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +timestamp='2004-11-12' + +# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# Originally written by Per Bothner . +# Please send patches to . Submit a context +# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. +# +# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to +# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and +# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. +# +# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you +# don't specify an explicit build system type. + +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] + +Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. + +Operation modes: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to ." + +version="\ +GNU config.guess ($timestamp) + +Originally written by Per Bothner. +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 +Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 + exit 1 ;; + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +if test $# != 0; then + echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a +# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires +# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a +# headache to deal with in a portable fashion. + +# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still +# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. + +# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. + +set_cc_for_build=' +trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; +trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; +: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; + { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || + { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || + { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || + { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; +dummy=$tmp/dummy ; +tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ; +case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in + ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ; + for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do + if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ; + fi ; + done ; + if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ; + fi + ;; + ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; + ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; +esac ;' + +# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. +# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) +if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH +fi + +UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown +UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown +UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown +UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown + +# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. + +case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in + *:NetBSD:*:*) + # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or + # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, + # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently + # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old + # object file format. This provides both forward + # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the + # object file format. + # + # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor + # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". + sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ + /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in + armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; + arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; + sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; + sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; + *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; + esac + # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched + # to ELF recently, or will in the future. + case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in + arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) + eval $set_cc_for_build + if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null + then + # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). + # Return netbsd for either. FIX? + os=netbsd + else + os=netbsdelf + fi + ;; + *) + os=netbsd + ;; + esac + # The OS release + # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and + # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need + # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a + # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. + case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in + Debian*) + release='-gnu' + ;; + *) + release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` + ;; + esac + # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: + # contains redundant information, the shorter form: + # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. + echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" + exit 0 ;; + amd64:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + amiga:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + cats:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo arm-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + hp300:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + luna88k:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + macppc:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mvmeppc:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + sgi:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo mips64-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + sun3:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:ekkoBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + macppc:MirBSD:*:*) + echo powerppc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:MirBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + alpha:OSF1:*:*) + case $UNAME_RELEASE in + *4.0) + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` + ;; + *5.*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` + ;; + esac + # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on + # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that + # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU + # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. + ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` + case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in + "EV4 (21064)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; + "EV4.5 (21064)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; + "LCA4 (21066/21068)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; + "EV5 (21164)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; + "EV5.6 (21164A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; + "EV5.6 (21164PC)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; + "EV5.7 (21164PC)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;; + "EV6 (21264)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; + "EV6.7 (21264A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; + "EV6.8CB (21264C)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; + "EV6.8AL (21264B)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; + "EV6.8CX (21264D)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; + "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;; + "EV7 (21364)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;; + "EV7.9 (21364A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;; + esac + # A Pn.n version is a patched version. + # A Vn.n version is a released version. + # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. + # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. + # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` + exit 0 ;; + Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) + # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? + # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead + # of the specific Alpha model? + echo alpha-pc-interix + exit 0 ;; + 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) + echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 + exit 0 ;; + Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) + echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 + exit 0;; + *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos + exit 0 ;; + *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos + exit 0 ;; + *:OS/390:*:*) + echo i370-ibm-openedition + exit 0 ;; + *:z/VM:*:*) + echo s390-ibm-zvmoe + exit 0 ;; + *:OS400:*:*) + echo powerpc-ibm-os400 + exit 0 ;; + arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) + echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0;; + SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) + echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp + exit 0;; + Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) + # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. + if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then + echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 + else + echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd + fi + exit 0 ;; + NILE*:*:*:dcosx) + echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 + exit 0 ;; + DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) + echo sparc-icl-nx6 + exit 0 ;; + DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) + case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in + sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7 && exit 0 ;; + esac ;; + sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit 0 ;; + sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit 0 ;; + i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit 0 ;; + sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) + # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize + # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but + # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. + echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit 0 ;; + sun4*:SunOS:*:*) + case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in + Series*|S4*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` + ;; + esac + # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. + echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` + exit 0 ;; + sun3*:SunOS:*:*) + echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` + test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 + case "`/bin/arch`" in + sun3) + echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + ;; + sun4) + echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + ;; + esac + exit 0 ;; + aushp:SunOS:*:*) + echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name + # can be virtually everything (everything which is not + # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor + # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" + # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally + # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not + # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should + # be no problem. + atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + m68k:machten:*:*) + echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + powerpc:machten:*:*) + echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + RISC*:Mach:*:*) + echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 + exit 0 ;; + RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) + echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) + echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) + echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c +#ifdef __cplusplus +#include /* for printf() prototype */ + int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { +#else + int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { +#endif + #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) + #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #endif + exit (-1); + } +EOF + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c \ + && $dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \ + && exit 0 + echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) + echo powerpc-motorola-powermax + exit 0 ;; + Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) + echo powerpc-harris-powermax + exit 0 ;; + Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) + echo powerpc-harris-powermax + exit 0 ;; + Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) + echo powerpc-harris-powerunix + exit 0 ;; + m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) + echo m88k-harris-cxux7 + exit 0 ;; + m88k:*:4*:R4*) + echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + m88k:*:3*:R3*) + echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 + exit 0 ;; + AViiON:dgux:*:*) + # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` + if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] + then + if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ + [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] + then + echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} + else + echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + else + echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + exit 0 ;; + M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) + echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 + exit 0 ;; + M88*:*:R3*:*) + # Delta 88k system running SVR3 + echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 + exit 0 ;; + XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) + echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 + exit 0 ;; + Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) + echo m68k-tektronix-bsd + exit 0 ;; + *:IRIX*:*:*) + echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` + exit 0 ;; + ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. + echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id + exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' + i*86:AIX:*:*) + echo i386-ibm-aix + exit 0 ;; + ia64:AIX:*:*) + if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then + IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` + else + IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} + exit 0 ;; + *:AIX:2:3) + if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #include + + main() + { + if (!__power_pc()) + exit(1); + puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); + exit(0); + } +EOF + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0 + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 + elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 + else + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 + fi + exit 0 ;; + *:AIX:*:[45]) + IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` + if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then + IBM_ARCH=rs6000 + else + IBM_ARCH=powerpc + fi + if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then + IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` + else + IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} + exit 0 ;; + *:AIX:*:*) + echo rs6000-ibm-aix + exit 0 ;; + ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) + echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 + exit 0 ;; + ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and + echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to + exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 + *:BOSX:*:*) + echo rs6000-bull-bosx + exit 0 ;; + DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) + echo m68k-bull-sysv3 + exit 0 ;; + 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) + echo m68k-hp-bsd + exit 0 ;; + hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) + echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 + exit 0 ;; + 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; + 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; + 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) + if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then + sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` + sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` + case "${sc_cpu_version}" in + 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 + 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 + 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 + case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in + 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; + 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; + '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 + esac ;; + esac + fi + if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + + #define _HPUX_SOURCE + #include + #include + + int main () + { + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); + #endif + long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); + + switch (cpu) + { + case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + switch (bits) + { + case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; + case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; + default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + } break; + #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ + puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + #endif + default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + } + exit (0); + } +EOF + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` + test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa + fi ;; + esac + if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] + then + # avoid double evaluation of $set_cc_for_build + test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD" || eval $set_cc_for_build + if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E -) | grep __LP64__ >/dev/null + then + HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" + else + HP_ARCH="hppa64" + fi + fi + echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} + exit 0 ;; + ia64:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` + echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} + exit 0 ;; + 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #include + int + main () + { + long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); + /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns + true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct + results, however. */ + if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) + { + switch (cpu) + { + case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + } + } + else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) + puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); + else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); + exit (0); + } +EOF + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0 + echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 + exit 0 ;; + 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) + echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd + exit 0 ;; + 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd + exit 0 ;; + *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix + exit 0 ;; + hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) + echo hppa1.1-hp-osf + exit 0 ;; + hp8??:OSF1:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-osf + exit 0 ;; + i*86:OSF1:*:*) + if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 + fi + exit 0 ;; + parisc*:Lites*:*:*) + echo hppa1.1-hp-lites + exit 0 ;; + C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) + echo c1-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) + if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc + then echo c32-convex-bsd + else echo c2-convex-bsd + fi + exit 0 ;; + C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) + echo c34-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) + echo c38-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) + echo c4-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) + echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ + | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ + -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ + -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*TS:*:*:*) + echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) + echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) + echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) + echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit 0 ;; + 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit 0 ;; + i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:BSD/OS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:FreeBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` + exit 0 ;; + i*:CYGWIN*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin + exit 0 ;; + i*:MINGW*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 + exit 0 ;; + i*:PW*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 + exit 0 ;; + x86:Interix*:[34]*) + echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/\..*//' + exit 0 ;; + [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) + echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks + exit 0 ;; + i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) + # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? + # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we + # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? + echo i586-pc-interix + exit 0 ;; + i*:UWIN*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin + exit 0 ;; + p*:CYGWIN*:*) + echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin + exit 0 ;; + prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit 0 ;; + *:GNU:*:*) + # the GNU system + echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` + exit 0 ;; + *:GNU/*:*:*) + # other systems with GNU libc and userland + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu + exit 0 ;; + i*86:Minix:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix + exit 0 ;; + arm*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + cris:Linux:*:*) + echo cris-axis-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + crisv32:Linux:*:*) + echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + frv:Linux:*:*) + echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + ia64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + m32r*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + m68*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + mips:Linux:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #undef CPU + #undef mips + #undef mipsel + #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) + CPU=mipsel + #else + #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) + CPU=mips + #else + CPU= + #endif + #endif +EOF + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` + test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0 + ;; + mips64:Linux:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #undef CPU + #undef mips64 + #undef mips64el + #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) + CPU=mips64el + #else + #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) + CPU=mips64 + #else + CPU= + #endif + #endif +EOF + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` + test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0 + ;; + ppc:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + ppc64:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + alpha:Linux:*:*) + case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in + EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; + EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; + PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; + EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; + EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; + esac + objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null + if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} + exit 0 ;; + parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) + # Look for CPU level + case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in + PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + esac + exit 0 ;; + parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) + echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux + exit 0 ;; + sh64*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + sh*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + x86_64:Linux:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + i*86:Linux:*:*) + # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so + # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent + # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. + # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English. + ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \ + | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d + s/[ ][ ]*/ /g + s/.*supported targets: *// + s/ .*// + p'` + case "$ld_supported_targets" in + elf32-i386) + TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" + ;; + a.out-i386-linux) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" + exit 0 ;; + coff-i386) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" + exit 0 ;; + "") + # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or + # one that does not give us useful --help. + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" + exit 0 ;; + esac + # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #include + #ifdef __ELF__ + # ifdef __GLIBC__ + # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 + LIBC=gnu + # else + LIBC=gnulibc1 + # endif + # else + LIBC=gnulibc1 + # endif + #else + #ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER + LIBC=gnu + #else + LIBC=gnuaout + #endif + #endif + #ifdef __dietlibc__ + LIBC=dietlibc + #endif +EOF + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=` + test x"${LIBC}" != x && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" && exit 0 + test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0 + ;; + i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) + # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. + # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both + # sysname and nodename. + echo i386-sequent-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) + # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version + # number series starting with 2... + # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, + # I just have to hope. -- rms. + # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} + exit 0 ;; + i*86:OS/2:*:*) + # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility + # is probably installed. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx + exit 0 ;; + i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop + exit 0 ;; + i*86:atheos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos + exit 0 ;; + i*86:syllable:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable + exit 0 ;; + i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) + echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + i*86:*DOS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit 0 ;; + i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) + UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` + if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} + fi + exit 0 ;; + i*86:*:5:[78]*) + case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in + *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; + *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; + *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; + esac + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} + exit 0 ;; + i*86:*:3.2:*) + if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then + UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then + UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` + (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 + fi + exit 0 ;; + pc:*:*:*) + # Left here for compatibility: + # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about + # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. + echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit 0 ;; + Intel:Mach:3*:*) + echo i386-pc-mach3 + exit 0 ;; + paragon:*:*:*) + echo i860-intel-osf1 + exit 0 ;; + i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 + if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 + else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. + echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 + fi + exit 0 ;; + mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) + # "miniframe" + echo m68010-convergent-sysv + exit 0 ;; + mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) + echo m68k-convergent-sysv + exit 0 ;; + M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) + echo m68k-diab-dnix + exit 0 ;; + M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) + test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;; + 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) + OS_REL='' + test -r /etc/.relid \ + && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ + && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;; + 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;; + m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) + echo m68k-atari-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) + echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) + echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) + echo mips-sni-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) + echo mips-sni-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + *:SINIX-*:*:*) + if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 + else + echo ns32k-sni-sysv + fi + exit 0 ;; + PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort + # says + echo i586-unisys-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) + # From Gerald Hewes . + # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm + echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + *:*:*:FTX*) + # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. + echo i860-stratus-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + *:VOS:*:*) + # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. + echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos + exit 0 ;; + mc68*:A/UX:*:*) + echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) + echo mips-sony-newsos6 + exit 0 ;; + R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) + if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then + echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + else + echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + exit 0 ;; + BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. + echo powerpc-be-beos + exit 0 ;; + BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. + echo powerpc-apple-beos + exit 0 ;; + BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. + echo i586-pc-beos + exit 0 ;; + SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) + echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:Rhapsody:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:Darwin:*:*) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown + case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in + *86) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i686 ;; + unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; + esac + echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` + if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then + UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 + UNAME_MACHINE=pc + fi + echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:QNX:*:4*) + echo i386-pc-qnx + exit 0 ;; + NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:NonStop-UX:*:*) + echo mips-compaq-nonstopux + exit 0 ;; + BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) + echo bs2000-siemens-sysv + exit 0 ;; + DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:Plan9:*:*) + # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 + # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 + # operating systems. + if test "$cputype" = "386"; then + UNAME_MACHINE=i386 + else + UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" + fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 + exit 0 ;; + *:TOPS-10:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 + exit 0 ;; + *:TENEX:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tenex + exit 0 ;; + KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-dec-tops20 + exit 0 ;; + XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 + exit 0 ;; + *:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 + exit 0 ;; + *:ITS:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-its + exit 0 ;; + SEI:*:*:SEIUX) + echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:DragonFly:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` + exit 0 ;; + *:*VMS:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + A*) echo alpha-dec-vms && exit 0 ;; + I*) echo ia64-dec-vms && exit 0 ;; + V*) echo vax-dec-vms && exit 0 ;; + esac ;; + *:XENIX:*:SysV) + echo i386-pc-xenix + exit 0 ;; +esac + +#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 +#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 + +eval $set_cc_for_build +cat >$dummy.c < +# include +#endif +main () +{ +#if defined (sony) +#if defined (MIPSEB) + /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, + I don't know.... */ + printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#else +#include + printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", +#ifdef NEWSOS4 + "4" +#else + "" +#endif + ); exit (0); +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) + printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) + printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (NeXT) +#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) +#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" +#endif + int version; + version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; + if (version < 4) + printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); + else + printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); + exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) +#if defined (UMAXV) + printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); +#else +#if defined (CMU) + printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); +#else + printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (__386BSD__) + printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (sequent) +#if defined (i386) + printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#if defined (ns32000) + printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (_SEQUENT_) + struct utsname un; + + uname(&un); + + if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); + } + if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); + } + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); + +#endif + +#if defined (vax) +# if !defined (ultrix) +# include +# if defined (BSD) +# if BSD == 43 + printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); +# else +# if BSD == 199006 + printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); +# else + printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); +# endif +# endif +# else + printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); +# endif +# else + printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); +# endif +#endif + +#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) + printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + + exit (1); +} +EOF + +$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && $dummy && exit 0 + +# Apollos put the system type in the environment. + +test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; } + +# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) + +if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] +then + case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in + c1*) + echo c1-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + c2*) + if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc + then echo c32-convex-bsd + else echo c2-convex-bsd + fi + exit 0 ;; + c34*) + echo c34-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + c38*) + echo c38-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + c4*) + echo c4-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + esac +fi + +cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed +information to handle your system. + +config.guess timestamp = $timestamp + +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` + +hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` + +UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} +UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} +UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} +UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} +EOF + +exit 1 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/config.rpath b/config.rpath new file mode 100755 index 0000000..3f1bef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/config.rpath @@ -0,0 +1,571 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the +# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable. +# +# Copyright 1996-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001 +# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# +# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld +# should be set by the caller. +# +# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script. + +# Known limitations: +# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer +# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only +# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build +# directory and/or the installation directory. + +# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC, +# which needs '.lib'). +libext=a +shrext=.so + +host="$1" +host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` +host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` +host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` + +cc_basename=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'` + +# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC. + +wl= +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + wl='-Wl,' +else + case "$host_os" in + aix*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + darwin*) + case "$cc_basename" in + xlc*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + esac + ;; + mingw* | pw32* | os2*) + ;; + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + newsos6) + ;; + linux*) + case $cc_basename in + icc* | ecc*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + ccc*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + como) + wl='-lopt=' + ;; + esac + ;; + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + ;; + solaris*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + sunos4*) + wl='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + ;; + unicos*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + uts4*) + ;; + esac +fi + +# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS. + +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= +hardcode_libdir_separator= +hardcode_direct=no +hardcode_minus_L=no + +case "$host_os" in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + with_gnu_ld=no + fi + ;; + openbsd*) + with_gnu_ld=no + ;; +esac + +ld_shlibs=yes +if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + case "$host_os" in + aix3* | aix4* | aix5*) + # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + amigaos*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + # Samuel A. Falvo II reports + # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up + # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked + # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the + # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use + # them. + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + beos*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + netbsd*) + ;; + solaris* | sysv5*) + if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then + ld_shlibs=no + elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + sunos4*) + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + linux*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then + # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented + # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + fi +else + case "$host_os" in + aix3*) + # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there + # are no directories specified by -L. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a + # broken collect2. + hardcode_direct=unsupported + fi + ;; + aix4* | aix5*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't + # have to do anything special. + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + else + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal + # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we + # need to do runtime linking. + case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*) + for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do + if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then + aix_use_runtimelinking=yes + break + fi + done + esac + fi + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) + collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` + if test -f "$collect2name" && \ + strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null + then + # We have reworked collect2 + hardcode_direct=yes + else + # We have old collect2 + hardcode_direct=unsupported + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator= + fi + esac + fi + # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. + echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c + ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest + aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } +}'` + if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } +}'` + fi + if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib" + fi + rm -f conftest.c conftest + # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + else + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' + else + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + fi + fi + ;; + amigaos*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + bsdi[45]*) + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' + libext=lib + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + hardcode_direct=no + if test "$GCC" = yes ; then + : + else + case "$cc_basename" in + xlc*) + ;; + *) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + dgux*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + ;; + freebsd1*) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + freebsd2.2*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + freebsd2*) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + hpux9*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + hpux10* | hpux11*) + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + case "$host_cpu" in + hppa*64*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + ia64*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_direct=no + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + netbsd*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + newsos6) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + openbsd*) + hardcode_direct=yes + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + else + case "$host_os" in + openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + os2*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + osf3*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + osf4* | osf5*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + else + # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' + fi + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + ;; + solaris*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + sunos4*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + sysv4) + case $host_vendor in + sni) + hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? + ;; + siemens) + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + motorola) + hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie + ;; + esac + ;; + sysv4.3*) + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + ld_shlibs=yes + fi + ;; + sysv4.2uw2*) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=no + ;; + sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* | sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7*) + ;; + sysv5*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + ;; + uts4*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + ;; + *) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + esac +fi + +# Check dynamic linker characteristics +# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER. +libname_spec='lib$name' +case "$host_os" in + aix3*) + ;; + aix4* | aix5*) + ;; + amigaos*) + ;; + beos*) + ;; + bsdi[45]*) + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + shrext=.dll + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + shrext=.dylib + ;; + dgux*) + ;; + freebsd1*) + ;; + kfreebsd*-gnu) + ;; + freebsd*) + ;; + gnu*) + ;; + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + case "$host_cpu" in + ia64*) + shrext=.so + ;; + hppa*64*) + shrext=.sl + ;; + *) + shrext=.sl + ;; + esac + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case "$host_os" in + irix5* | nonstopux*) + libsuff= shlibsuff= + ;; + *) + case $LD in + *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; + *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;; + *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;; + *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) + ;; + linux*) + ;; + knetbsd*-gnu) + ;; + netbsd*) + ;; + newsos6) + ;; + nto-qnx*) + ;; + openbsd*) + ;; + os2*) + libname_spec='$name' + shrext=.dll + ;; + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + ;; + solaris*) + ;; + sunos4*) + ;; + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + ;; + uts4*) + ;; +esac + +sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' +escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` +shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'` +escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` + +LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <. Submit a context +# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. +# +# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. +# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. +# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. +# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. + +# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages +# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases +# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. +# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations +# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish +# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless +# configuration. + +# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given +# machine specification into a single specification in the form: +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or in some cases, the newer four-part form: +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. + +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS + $0 [OPTION] ALIAS + +Canonicalize a configuration name. + +Operation modes: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to ." + +version="\ +GNU config.sub ($timestamp) + +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 +Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" + exit 1 ;; + + *local*) + # First pass through any local machine types. + echo $1 + exit 0;; + + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +case $# in + 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 + exit 1;; + 1) ;; + *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1;; +esac + +# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). +# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. +maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` +case $maybe_os in + nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | \ + kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) + os=-$maybe_os + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` + ;; + *) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` + if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] + then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` + else os=; fi + ;; +esac + +### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so +### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also +### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we +### can provide default operating systems below. +case $os in + -sun*os*) + # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. + ;; + -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ + -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ + -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ + -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ + -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ + -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ + -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray) + os= + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) + os= + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -scout) + ;; + -wrs) + os=-vxworks + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -chorusos*) + os=-chorusos + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -chorusrdb) + os=-chorusrdb + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -hiux*) + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; + -sco5) + os=-sco3.2v5 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco4) + os=-sco3.2v4 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco3.2.[4-9]*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco3.2v[4-9]*) + # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco*) + os=-sco3.2v2 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -udk*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -isc) + os=-isc2.2 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -clix*) + basic_machine=clipper-intergraph + ;; + -isc*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -lynx*) + os=-lynxos + ;; + -ptx*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` + ;; + -windowsnt*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` + ;; + -psos*) + os=-psos + ;; + -mint | -mint[0-9]*) + basic_machine=m68k-atari + os=-mint + ;; +esac + +# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. +case $basic_machine in + # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. + # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. + 1750a | 580 \ + | a29k \ + | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ + | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ + | am33_2.0 \ + | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \ + | c4x | clipper \ + | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ + | fr30 | frv \ + | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ + | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ + | ip2k | iq2000 \ + | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \ + | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ + | mips16 \ + | mips64 | mips64el \ + | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ + | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ + | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ + | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ + | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ + | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ + | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ + | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ + | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \ + | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ + | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ + | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ + | mn10200 | mn10300 \ + | msp430 \ + | ns16k | ns32k \ + | openrisc | or32 \ + | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ + | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ + | pyramid \ + | sh | sh[1234] | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ + | sh64 | sh64le \ + | sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \ + | strongarm \ + | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ + | v850 | v850e \ + | we32k \ + | x86 | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ + | z8k) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + ;; + m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) + # Motorola 68HC11/12. + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + os=-none + ;; + m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) + ;; + + # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' + # because (1) that's what they normally are, and + # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. + i*86 | x86_64) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc + ;; + # Object if more than one company name word. + *-*-*) + echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. + 580-* \ + | a29k-* \ + | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ + | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ + | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ + | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ + | avr-* \ + | bs2000-* \ + | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ + | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ + | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ + | elxsi-* \ + | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ + | h8300-* | h8500-* \ + | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ + | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ + | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ + | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ + | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ + | m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \ + | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ + | mips16-* \ + | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ + | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ + | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ + | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ + | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ + | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ + | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ + | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ + | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ + | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \ + | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ + | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ + | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ + | mmix-* \ + | msp430-* \ + | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ + | orion-* \ + | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ + | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ + | pyramid-* \ + | romp-* | rs6000-* \ + | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \ + | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ + | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \ + | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ + | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ + | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ + | tron-* \ + | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ + | we32k-* \ + | x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ + | xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \ + | ymp-* \ + | z8k-*) + ;; + # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand + # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. + 386bsd) + basic_machine=i386-unknown + os=-bsd + ;; + 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) + basic_machine=m68000-att + ;; + 3b*) + basic_machine=we32k-att + ;; + a29khif) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; + abacus) + basic_machine=abacus-unknown + ;; + adobe68k) + basic_machine=m68010-adobe + os=-scout + ;; + alliant | fx80) + basic_machine=fx80-alliant + ;; + altos | altos3068) + basic_machine=m68k-altos + ;; + am29k) + basic_machine=a29k-none + os=-bsd + ;; + amd64) + basic_machine=x86_64-pc + ;; + amd64-*) + basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + amdahl) + basic_machine=580-amdahl + os=-sysv + ;; + amiga | amiga-*) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + ;; + amigaos | amigados) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=-amigaos + ;; + amigaunix | amix) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=-sysv4 + ;; + apollo68) + basic_machine=m68k-apollo + os=-sysv + ;; + apollo68bsd) + basic_machine=m68k-apollo + os=-bsd + ;; + aux) + basic_machine=m68k-apple + os=-aux + ;; + balance) + basic_machine=ns32k-sequent + os=-dynix + ;; + c90) + basic_machine=c90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + convex-c1) + basic_machine=c1-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c2) + basic_machine=c2-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c32) + basic_machine=c32-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c34) + basic_machine=c34-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c38) + basic_machine=c38-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + cray | j90) + basic_machine=j90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + craynv) + basic_machine=craynv-cray + os=-unicosmp + ;; + cr16c) + basic_machine=cr16c-unknown + os=-elf + ;; + crds | unos) + basic_machine=m68k-crds + ;; + crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*) + basic_machine=crisv32-axis + ;; + cris | cris-* | etrax*) + basic_machine=cris-axis + ;; + crx) + basic_machine=crx-unknown + os=-elf + ;; + da30 | da30-*) + basic_machine=m68k-da30 + ;; + decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) + basic_machine=mips-dec + ;; + decsystem10* | dec10*) + basic_machine=pdp10-dec + os=-tops10 + ;; + decsystem20* | dec20*) + basic_machine=pdp10-dec + os=-tops20 + ;; + delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ + | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) + basic_machine=m68k-motorola + ;; + delta88) + basic_machine=m88k-motorola + os=-sysv3 + ;; + djgpp) + basic_machine=i586-pc + os=-msdosdjgpp + ;; + dpx20 | dpx20-*) + basic_machine=rs6000-bull + os=-bosx + ;; + dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) + basic_machine=m68k-bull + os=-sysv3 + ;; + ebmon29k) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-ebmon + ;; + elxsi) + basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi + os=-bsd + ;; + encore | umax | mmax) + basic_machine=ns32k-encore + ;; + es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) + basic_machine=m68k-ericsson + os=-ose + ;; + fx2800) + basic_machine=i860-alliant + ;; + genix) + basic_machine=ns32k-ns + ;; + gmicro) + basic_machine=tron-gmicro + os=-sysv + ;; + go32) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-go32 + ;; + h3050r* | hiux*) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; + h8300hms) + basic_machine=h8300-hitachi + os=-hms + ;; + h8300xray) + basic_machine=h8300-hitachi + os=-xray + ;; + h8500hms) + basic_machine=h8500-hitachi + os=-hms + ;; + harris) + basic_machine=m88k-harris + os=-sysv3 + ;; + hp300-*) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + ;; + hp300bsd) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + os=-bsd + ;; + hp300hpux) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + os=-hpux + ;; + hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp + ;; + hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) + basic_machine=m68000-hp + ;; + hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + ;; + hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp + ;; + hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) + # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) + # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp + ;; + hppa-next) + os=-nextstep3 + ;; + hppaosf) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + os=-osf + ;; + hppro) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + os=-proelf + ;; + i370-ibm* | ibm*) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + ;; +# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? + i*86v32) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv32 + ;; + i*86v4*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv4 + ;; + i*86v) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv + ;; + i*86sol2) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-solaris2 + ;; + i386mach) + basic_machine=i386-mach + os=-mach + ;; + i386-vsta | vsta) + basic_machine=i386-unknown + os=-vsta + ;; + iris | iris4d) + basic_machine=mips-sgi + case $os in + -irix*) + ;; + *) + os=-irix4 + ;; + esac + ;; + isi68 | isi) + basic_machine=m68k-isi + os=-sysv + ;; + m88k-omron*) + basic_machine=m88k-omron + ;; + magnum | m3230) + basic_machine=mips-mips + os=-sysv + ;; + merlin) + basic_machine=ns32k-utek + os=-sysv + ;; + mingw32) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-mingw32 + ;; + miniframe) + basic_machine=m68000-convergent + ;; + *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) + basic_machine=m68k-atari + os=-mint + ;; + mips3*-*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` + ;; + mips3*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown + ;; + monitor) + basic_machine=m68k-rom68k + os=-coff + ;; + morphos) + basic_machine=powerpc-unknown + os=-morphos + ;; + msdos) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-msdos + ;; + mvs) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + os=-mvs + ;; + ncr3000) + basic_machine=i486-ncr + os=-sysv4 + ;; + netbsd386) + basic_machine=i386-unknown + os=-netbsd + ;; + netwinder) + basic_machine=armv4l-rebel + os=-linux + ;; + news | news700 | news800 | news900) + basic_machine=m68k-sony + os=-newsos + ;; + news1000) + basic_machine=m68030-sony + os=-newsos + ;; + news-3600 | risc-news) + basic_machine=mips-sony + os=-newsos + ;; + necv70) + basic_machine=v70-nec + os=-sysv + ;; + next | m*-next ) + basic_machine=m68k-next + case $os in + -nextstep* ) + ;; + -ns2*) + os=-nextstep2 + ;; + *) + os=-nextstep3 + ;; + esac + ;; + nh3000) + basic_machine=m68k-harris + os=-cxux + ;; + nh[45]000) + basic_machine=m88k-harris + os=-cxux + ;; + nindy960) + basic_machine=i960-intel + os=-nindy + ;; + mon960) + basic_machine=i960-intel + os=-mon960 + ;; + nonstopux) + basic_machine=mips-compaq + os=-nonstopux + ;; + np1) + basic_machine=np1-gould + ;; + nsr-tandem) + basic_machine=nsr-tandem + ;; + op50n-* | op60c-*) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki + os=-proelf + ;; + or32 | or32-*) + basic_machine=or32-unknown + os=-coff + ;; + os400) + basic_machine=powerpc-ibm + os=-os400 + ;; + OSE68000 | ose68000) + basic_machine=m68000-ericsson + os=-ose + ;; + os68k) + basic_machine=m68k-none + os=-os68k + ;; + pa-hitachi) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; + paragon) + basic_machine=i860-intel + os=-osf + ;; + pbd) + basic_machine=sparc-tti + ;; + pbb) + basic_machine=m68k-tti + ;; + pc532 | pc532-*) + basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 + ;; + pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) + basic_machine=i586-pc + ;; + pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*) + basic_machine=i686-pc + ;; + pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3) + basic_machine=i686-pc + ;; + pentium4) + basic_machine=i786-pc + ;; + pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) + basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) + basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*) + basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentium4-*) + basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pn) + basic_machine=pn-gould + ;; + power) basic_machine=power-ibm + ;; + ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown + ;; + ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) + basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown + ;; + ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) + basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown + ;; + ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little) + basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown + ;; + ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) + basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ps2) + basic_machine=i386-ibm + ;; + pw32) + basic_machine=i586-unknown + os=-pw32 + ;; + rom68k) + basic_machine=m68k-rom68k + os=-coff + ;; + rm[46]00) + basic_machine=mips-siemens + ;; + rtpc | rtpc-*) + basic_machine=romp-ibm + ;; + s390 | s390-*) + basic_machine=s390-ibm + ;; + s390x | s390x-*) + basic_machine=s390x-ibm + ;; + sa29200) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; + sb1) + basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown + ;; + sb1el) + basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown + ;; + sei) + basic_machine=mips-sei + os=-seiux + ;; + sequent) + basic_machine=i386-sequent + ;; + sh) + basic_machine=sh-hitachi + os=-hms + ;; + sh64) + basic_machine=sh64-unknown + ;; + sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs) + basic_machine=sparclite-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + sps7) + basic_machine=m68k-bull + os=-sysv2 + ;; + spur) + basic_machine=spur-unknown + ;; + st2000) + basic_machine=m68k-tandem + ;; + stratus) + basic_machine=i860-stratus + os=-sysv4 + ;; + sun2) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + ;; + sun2os3) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + os=-sunos3 + ;; + sun2os4) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + os=-sunos4 + ;; + sun3os3) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + os=-sunos3 + ;; + sun3os4) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + os=-sunos4 + ;; + sun4os3) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=-sunos3 + ;; + sun4os4) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=-sunos4 + ;; + sun4sol2) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=-solaris2 + ;; + sun3 | sun3-*) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + ;; + sun4) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + ;; + sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) + basic_machine=i386-sun + ;; + sv1) + basic_machine=sv1-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + symmetry) + basic_machine=i386-sequent + os=-dynix + ;; + t3e) + basic_machine=alphaev5-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + t90) + basic_machine=t90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + tic54x | c54x*) + basic_machine=tic54x-unknown + os=-coff + ;; + tic55x | c55x*) + basic_machine=tic55x-unknown + os=-coff + ;; + tic6x | c6x*) + basic_machine=tic6x-unknown + os=-coff + ;; + tx39) + basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown + ;; + tx39el) + basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown + ;; + toad1) + basic_machine=pdp10-xkl + os=-tops20 + ;; + tower | tower-32) + basic_machine=m68k-ncr + ;; + tpf) + basic_machine=s390x-ibm + os=-tpf + ;; + udi29k) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; + ultra3) + basic_machine=a29k-nyu + os=-sym1 + ;; + v810 | necv810) + basic_machine=v810-nec + os=-none + ;; + vaxv) + basic_machine=vax-dec + os=-sysv + ;; + vms) + basic_machine=vax-dec + os=-vms + ;; + vpp*|vx|vx-*) + basic_machine=f301-fujitsu + ;; + vxworks960) + basic_machine=i960-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + vxworks68) + basic_machine=m68k-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + vxworks29k) + basic_machine=a29k-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + w65*) + basic_machine=w65-wdc + os=-none + ;; + w89k-*) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond + os=-proelf + ;; + xbox) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=-mingw32 + ;; + xps | xps100) + basic_machine=xps100-honeywell + ;; + ymp) + basic_machine=ymp-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + z8k-*-coff) + basic_machine=z8k-unknown + os=-sim + ;; + none) + basic_machine=none-none + os=-none + ;; + +# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in +# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. + w89k) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond + ;; + op50n) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki + ;; + op60c) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki + ;; + romp) + basic_machine=romp-ibm + ;; + mmix) + basic_machine=mmix-knuth + ;; + rs6000) + basic_machine=rs6000-ibm + ;; + vax) + basic_machine=vax-dec + ;; + pdp10) + # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet + basic_machine=pdp10-unknown + ;; + pdp11) + basic_machine=pdp11-dec + ;; + we32k) + basic_machine=we32k-att + ;; + sh3 | sh4 | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) + basic_machine=sh-unknown + ;; + sh64) + basic_machine=sh64-unknown + ;; + sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + ;; + cydra) + basic_machine=cydra-cydrome + ;; + orion) + basic_machine=orion-highlevel + ;; + orion105) + basic_machine=clipper-highlevel + ;; + mac | mpw | mac-mpw) + basic_machine=m68k-apple + ;; + pmac | pmac-mpw) + basic_machine=powerpc-apple + ;; + *-unknown) + # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. + ;; + *) + echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. +case $basic_machine in + *-digital*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` + ;; + *-commodore*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` + ;; + *) + ;; +esac + +# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. + +if [ x"$os" != x"" ] +then +case $os in + # First match some system type aliases + # that might get confused with valid system types. + # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. + -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` + ;; + -solaris) + os=-solaris2 + ;; + -svr4*) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + -unixware*) + os=-sysv4.2uw + ;; + -gnu/linux*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` + ;; + # First accept the basic system types. + # The portable systems comes first. + # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. + # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. + -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ + | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ + | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ + | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ + | -aos* \ + | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ + | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ + | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* \ + | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ + | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ + | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ + | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ + | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \ + | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ + | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-uclibc* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ + | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ + | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ + | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ + | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ + | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ + | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly*) + # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. + ;; + -qnx*) + case $basic_machine in + x86-* | i*86-*) + ;; + *) + os=-nto$os + ;; + esac + ;; + -nto-qnx*) + ;; + -nto*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` + ;; + -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ + | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \ + | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) + ;; + -mac*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` + ;; + -linux-dietlibc) + os=-linux-dietlibc + ;; + -linux*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` + ;; + -sunos5*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` + ;; + -sunos6*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` + ;; + -opened*) + os=-openedition + ;; + -os400*) + os=-os400 + ;; + -wince*) + os=-wince + ;; + -osfrose*) + os=-osfrose + ;; + -osf*) + os=-osf + ;; + -utek*) + os=-bsd + ;; + -dynix*) + os=-bsd + ;; + -acis*) + os=-aos + ;; + -atheos*) + os=-atheos + ;; + -syllable*) + os=-syllable + ;; + -386bsd) + os=-bsd + ;; + -ctix* | -uts*) + os=-sysv + ;; + -nova*) + os=-rtmk-nova + ;; + -ns2 ) + os=-nextstep2 + ;; + -nsk*) + os=-nsk + ;; + # Preserve the version number of sinix5. + -sinix5.*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` + ;; + -sinix*) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + -tpf*) + os=-tpf + ;; + -triton*) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + -oss*) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + -svr4) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + -svr3) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + -sysvr4) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + # This must come after -sysvr4. + -sysv*) + ;; + -ose*) + os=-ose + ;; + -es1800*) + os=-ose + ;; + -xenix) + os=-xenix + ;; + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) + os=-mint + ;; + -aros*) + os=-aros + ;; + -kaos*) + os=-kaos + ;; + -zvmoe) + os=-zvmoe + ;; + -none) + ;; + *) + # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. + os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` + echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac +else + +# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. +# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their +# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. + +# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, +# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top +# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above +# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating +# system, and we'll never get to this point. + +case $basic_machine in + *-acorn) + os=-riscix1.2 + ;; + arm*-rebel) + os=-linux + ;; + arm*-semi) + os=-aout + ;; + c4x-* | tic4x-*) + os=-coff + ;; + # This must come before the *-dec entry. + pdp10-*) + os=-tops20 + ;; + pdp11-*) + os=-none + ;; + *-dec | vax-*) + os=-ultrix4.2 + ;; + m68*-apollo) + os=-domain + ;; + i386-sun) + os=-sunos4.0.2 + ;; + m68000-sun) + os=-sunos3 + # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the + # default. + # os=-sunos4 + ;; + m68*-cisco) + os=-aout + ;; + mips*-cisco) + os=-elf + ;; + mips*-*) + os=-elf + ;; + or32-*) + os=-coff + ;; + *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. + os=-sysv3 + ;; + sparc-* | *-sun) + os=-sunos4.1.1 + ;; + *-be) + os=-beos + ;; + *-ibm) + os=-aix + ;; + *-knuth) + os=-mmixware + ;; + *-wec) + os=-proelf + ;; + *-winbond) + os=-proelf + ;; + *-oki) + os=-proelf + ;; + *-hp) + os=-hpux + ;; + *-hitachi) + os=-hiux + ;; + i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) + os=-sysv + ;; + *-cbm) + os=-amigaos + ;; + *-dg) + os=-dgux + ;; + *-dolphin) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + m68k-ccur) + os=-rtu + ;; + m88k-omron*) + os=-luna + ;; + *-next ) + os=-nextstep + ;; + *-sequent) + os=-ptx + ;; + *-crds) + os=-unos + ;; + *-ns) + os=-genix + ;; + i370-*) + os=-mvs + ;; + *-next) + os=-nextstep3 + ;; + *-gould) + os=-sysv + ;; + *-highlevel) + os=-bsd + ;; + *-encore) + os=-bsd + ;; + *-sgi) + os=-irix + ;; + *-siemens) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + *-masscomp) + os=-rtu + ;; + f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) + os=-uxpv + ;; + *-rom68k) + os=-coff + ;; + *-*bug) + os=-coff + ;; + *-apple) + os=-macos + ;; + *-atari*) + os=-mint + ;; + *) + os=-none + ;; +esac +fi + +# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the +# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. +vendor=unknown +case $basic_machine in + *-unknown) + case $os in + -riscix*) + vendor=acorn + ;; + -sunos*) + vendor=sun + ;; + -aix*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -beos*) + vendor=be + ;; + -hpux*) + vendor=hp + ;; + -mpeix*) + vendor=hp + ;; + -hiux*) + vendor=hitachi + ;; + -unos*) + vendor=crds + ;; + -dgux*) + vendor=dg + ;; + -luna*) + vendor=omron + ;; + -genix*) + vendor=ns + ;; + -mvs* | -opened*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -os400*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -ptx*) + vendor=sequent + ;; + -tpf*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*) + vendor=wrs + ;; + -aux*) + vendor=apple + ;; + -hms*) + vendor=hitachi + ;; + -mpw* | -macos*) + vendor=apple + ;; + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) + vendor=atari + ;; + -vos*) + vendor=stratus + ;; + esac + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` + ;; +esac + +echo $basic_machine$os +exit 0 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/configure b/configure index 69c8e3a..cb37874 100755 --- a/configure +++ b/configure @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ ac_includes_default="\ gl_func_list= gl_header_list= -ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS INSTALL_PROGRAM INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_DATA CYGPATH_W PACKAGE VERSION ACLOCAL AUTOCONF AUTOMAKE AUTOHEADER MAKEINFO install_sh STRIP ac_ct_STRIP INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM mkdir_p AWK SET_MAKE am__leading_dot AMTAR am__tar am__untar CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT DEPDIR am__include am__quote AMDEP_TRUE AMDEP_FALSE AMDEPBACKSLASH CCDEPMODE am__fastdepCC_TRUE am__fastdepCC_FALSE CPP EGREP LN_S RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB LIBOBJS ALLOCA MKINSTALLDIRS USE_NLS MSGFMT GMSGFMT XGETTEXT MSGMERGE build build_cpu build_vendor build_os host host_cpu host_vendor host_os GLIBC2 GLIBC21 INTL_MACOSX_LIBS HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF HAVE_ASPRINTF HAVE_SNPRINTF HAVE_WPRINTF LIBICONV LTLIBICONV INTLBISON BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL CATOBJEXT DATADIRNAME INSTOBJEXT GENCAT INTLOBJS INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX INTLLIBS LIBINTL LTLIBINTL POSUB EMACS EMACSLOADPATH lispdir ALLOCA_H FNMATCH_H GETOPT_H STDBOOL_H HAVE__BOOL LTLIBOBJS' +ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS INSTALL_PROGRAM INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_DATA CYGPATH_W PACKAGE VERSION ACLOCAL AUTOCONF AUTOMAKE AUTOHEADER MAKEINFO install_sh STRIP ac_ct_STRIP INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM mkdir_p AWK SET_MAKE am__leading_dot AMTAR am__tar am__untar MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE MAINT CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT DEPDIR am__include am__quote AMDEP_TRUE AMDEP_FALSE AMDEPBACKSLASH CCDEPMODE am__fastdepCC_TRUE am__fastdepCC_FALSE CPP EGREP LN_S RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB LIBOBJS ALLOCA MKINSTALLDIRS USE_NLS MSGFMT GMSGFMT XGETTEXT MSGMERGE build build_cpu build_vendor build_os host host_cpu host_vendor host_os GLIBC2 GLIBC21 INTL_MACOSX_LIBS HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF HAVE_ASPRINTF HAVE_SNPRINTF HAVE_WPRINTF LIBICONV LTLIBICONV INTLBISON BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL CATOBJEXT DATADIRNAME INSTOBJEXT GENCAT INTLOBJS INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX INTLLIBS LIBINTL LTLIBINTL POSUB EMACS EMACSLOADPATH lispdir ALLOCA_H FNMATCH_H GETOPT_H STDBOOL_H HAVE__BOOL LTLIBOBJS' ac_subst_files='' # Initialize some variables set by options. @@ -863,6 +863,8 @@ if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then Optional Features: --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] + --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful + (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support @@ -1801,6 +1803,30 @@ am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -' +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... $ECHO_C" >&6 + # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode or --disable-maintainer-mode was given. +if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_maintainer_mode" + USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval +else + USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no +fi; + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&6 + + +if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then + MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE= + MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#' +else + MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#' + MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE= +fi + + MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE + + ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h" @@ -18100,6 +18126,13 @@ LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs +if test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE}"; then + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 @@ -18685,6 +18718,9 @@ s,@am__leading_dot@,$am__leading_dot,;t t s,@AMTAR@,$AMTAR,;t t s,@am__tar@,$am__tar,;t t s,@am__untar@,$am__untar,;t t +s,@MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@,$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE,;t t +s,@MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@,$MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE,;t t +s,@MAINT@,$MAINT,;t t s,@CC@,$CC,;t t s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index eadac90..7aa624d 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ AC_INIT([id-utils], [4.0], [bug-id-utils@gnu.org]) AC_GNU_SOURCE AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE +AM_MAINTAINER_MODE AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([config.h.in]) AC_CONFIG_HEADER([config.h]) diff --git a/doc/Makefile.in b/doc/Makefile.in index 75eb41b..e18d5b8 100644 --- a/doc/Makefile.in +++ b/doc/Makefile.in @@ -154,6 +154,9 @@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ @@ -222,7 +225,7 @@ all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .dvi .html .info .pdf .ps .texi -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ @@ -247,9 +250,9 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh .texi.info: @@ -299,7 +302,7 @@ $(srcdir)/id-utils.info: id-utils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi id-utils.dvi: id-utils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi id-utils.pdf: id-utils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi id-utils.html: id-utils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi -$(srcdir)/version.texi: $(srcdir)/stamp-vti +$(srcdir)/version.texi: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/stamp-vti: id-utils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure @(dir=.; test -f ./id-utils.texi || dir=$(srcdir); \ set `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $$dir/id-utils.texi`; \ @@ -317,7 +320,7 @@ mostlyclean-vti: -rm -f vti.tmp maintainer-clean-vti: - -rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi +@MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ -rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi .dvi.ps: $(DVIPS) -o $@ $< diff --git a/doc/mdate-sh b/doc/mdate-sh index 60293a1..881782e 100755 --- a/doc/mdate-sh +++ b/doc/mdate-sh @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ #!/bin/sh -# mdate-sh - get modification time of a file and pretty-print it -# Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc. -# Written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 +# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. + +scriptversion=2004-12-08.12 + +# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -14,8 +17,38 @@ # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to or send patches to +# . + +case $1 in + '') + echo "$0: No file. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1; + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<\EOF +Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE + +Pretty-print the modification time of FILE. + +Report bugs to . +EOF + exit 0 + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion" + exit 0 + ;; +esac # Prevent date giving response in another language. LANG=C @@ -25,23 +58,38 @@ export LC_ALL LC_TIME=C export LC_TIME -# Get the extended ls output of the file. +save_arg1="$1" + +# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory. if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then - set - `ls -L -l $1` + ls_command='ls -L -l -d' else - set - `ls -l $1` + ls_command='ls -l -d' fi -# The month is at least the fourth argument. -# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop) -shift -shift -shift -# Find the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time. +# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. +# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo +# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. +# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo +# +# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words +# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a +# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/' +# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at +# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many +# words should be skipped to get the date. + +# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. +set x`ls -l -d /` + +# Find which argument is the month. month= +command= until test $month do shift + # Add another shift to the command. + command="$command shift;" case $1 in Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; @@ -58,12 +106,34 @@ do esac done +# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. +set x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""` + +# Remove all preceding arguments +eval $command + +# Get the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time. +case $1 in + Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; + Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; + Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; + Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; + May) month=May; nummonth=5;; + Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; + Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; + Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; + Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; + Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; + Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; + Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; +esac + day=$2 # Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either # the time of day or the year. case $3 in - *:*) set `date`; year=$6 + *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# case $2 in Jan) nummonthtod=1;; Feb) nummonthtod=2;; @@ -89,3 +159,12 @@ esac # The result. echo $day $month $year + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-end: "$" +# End: diff --git a/doc/texinfo.tex b/doc/texinfo.tex index 2ff84c5..c93912a 100644 --- a/doc/texinfo.tex +++ b/doc/texinfo.tex @@ -3,10 +3,11 @@ % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % -\def\texinfoversion{1999-01-24}% +\def\texinfoversion{2004-11-25.16} % -% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 -% Free Software Foundation, Inc. +% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, +% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software +% Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as @@ -23,36 +24,40 @@ % to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, % Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. % -% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. -% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve -% what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing +% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without +% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: -% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/texinfo.tex -% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines. -% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html) +% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or % ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex -% ftp://ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex -% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@ctan.org for a list). -% The texinfo.tex in the texinfo distribution itself could well be out +% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). +% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. % -% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. -% Please include a precise test case in each bug report, -% including a complete document with which we can reproduce the problem. +% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a +% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the +% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. % % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the -% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For simple -% manuals, however, you can get away with: +% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple +% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: % tex foo.texi % texindex foo.?? % tex foo.texi % tex foo.texi -% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file. -% The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct. +% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. +% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. +% +% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some +% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the +% full Texinfo distribution. +% +% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. + \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} @@ -62,8 +67,14 @@ \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} -% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine. +\message{Basics,} +\chardef\other=12 + +% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. +% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. +\let\+ = \relax +% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. \let\ptexb=\b \let\ptexbullet=\bullet \let\ptexc=\c @@ -73,48 +84,61 @@ \let\ptexend=\end \let\ptexequiv=\equiv \let\ptexexclam=\! +\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote +\let\ptexgtr=> +\let\ptexhat=^ \let\ptexi=\i +\let\ptexindent=\indent +\let\ptexinsert=\insert \let\ptexlbrace=\{ +\let\ptexless=< +\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite +\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent +\let\ptexplus=+ \let\ptexrbrace=\} +\let\ptexslash=\/ \let\ptexstar=\* \let\ptext=\t -% We never want plain's outer \+ definition in Texinfo. -% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. -\let\+ = \relax - - -\message{Basics,} -\chardef\other=12 - % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. \newlinechar = `^^J +% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error +% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. +% +\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined + \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. +\else + \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} +\fi + % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. -\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi +\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi +\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi +\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi -\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi -\ifx\putwordOf\undefined \gdef\putwordOf{of}\fi +\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi +\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi \ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi \ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi \ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi \ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi \ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi \ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi -\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi -\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi +\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi +\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi % \ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi \ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi \ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi \ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMai\undefined \gdef\putwordMMai{May}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi \ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi \ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi \ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi @@ -123,49 +147,121 @@ \ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi \ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi % -\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefivar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefivar{Instance Variable}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi -\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined \gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi -\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi -\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined \gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi + +% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is +% in some cases the escape char. +\chardef\colonChar = `\: +\chardef\commaChar = `\, +\chardef\dotChar = `\. +\chardef\exclamChar= `\! +\chardef\questChar = `\? +\chardef\semiChar = `\; +\chardef\underChar = `\_ + +\chardef\spaceChar = `\ % +\chardef\spacecat = 10 +\def\spaceisspace{\catcode\spaceChar=\spacecat} % Ignore a token. % \def\gobble#1{} -\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix} -\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers} -\hyphenation{eshell} -\hyphenation{white-space} +% The following is used inside several \edef's. +\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} + +% Hyphenation fixes. +\hyphenation{ + Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script + ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps + data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script + man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm + par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces + spell-ing spell-ings + stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space + wide-spread wrap-around +} % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. -\newdimen \bindingoffset -\newdimen \normaloffset +\newdimen\bindingoffset +\newdimen\normaloffset \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight +% For a final copy, take out the rectangles +% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided +% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). +% +\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} + +% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should +% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the +% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would +% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main +% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). +% +\def\|{% + % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. + \leavevmode + % + % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. + \vadjust{% + % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current + % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. + \vskip-\baselineskip + % + % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So + % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. + \llap{% + % + % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. + \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt + % + % This is the space between the bar and the text. + \hskip 12pt + }% + }% +} + % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, -% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. +% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make +% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log +% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. % \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% -\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined -\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2 - \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 - \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 - \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen -}% -\else -\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands3 \tracingstats2 - \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 - \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 - \tracingscantokens1 \tracingassigns1 \tracingifs1 - \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2 - \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen +\def\loggingall{% + \tracingstats2 + \tracingpages1 + \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex + \tracingparagraphs1 + \tracingoutput1 + \tracingmacros2 + \tracingrestores1 + \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen + \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging + \tracingscantokens1 + \tracingifs1 + \tracinggroups1 + \tracingnesting2 + \tracingassigns1 + \fi + \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex + \errorcontextlines16 }% -\fi + +% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing +% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. +% +\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} +\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} +\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} % For @cropmarks command. % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. @@ -211,6 +307,9 @@ \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. \shipout\vbox{% + % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. + \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi + % \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup \hsize = \outerhsize \vskip-\topandbottommargin @@ -257,7 +356,7 @@ \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause \fi }% end of \shipout\vbox - }% end of group with \turnoffactive + }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive \advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi } @@ -290,143 +389,162 @@ % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. % -\def\parsearg#1{% - \let\next = #1% +\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} +\def\parseargusing#1#2{% + \def\next{#2}% \begingroup \obeylines - \futurelet\temp\parseargx -} - -% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or -% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. -\def\parseargx{% - % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. - \ifx\obeyedspace\temp - \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace - \else - \expandafter\parseargline - \fi + \spaceisspace + #1% + \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. } -% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). -{\obeyspaces % - \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} - {\obeylines % \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. - % - % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. - % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. - \argremovec #1\c\relax % - \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % - % - % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. - \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% + \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% }% } -% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX -% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call -% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is -% just to delimit the argument to the \c. -\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} -\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} +% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. +\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} +\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} -% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., +% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. +% +% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., % @end itemize @c foo -% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the -% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the -% result to \toks0. -% -% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces -% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. -% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever -% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed -% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of -% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument -% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. -% -\def\removeactivespaces#1{% - \begingroup - \ignoreactivespaces - \edef\temp{#1}% - \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% - \endgroup +% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed +% by \finishparsearg. +% +\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} +\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} +\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% + \def\temp{#3}% + \ifx\temp\empty + % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run; + % thus we reuse \temp. + \let\temp\finishparsearg + \else + \let\temp\argcheckspaces + \fi + % Put the space token in: + \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm } -% Change the active space to expand to nothing. +% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so +% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. +% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, +% just before passing the control to \next. +% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is +% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger +% that a pair of braces would be stripped. % -\begingroup +% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. +% +\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}} + +% \parseargdef\foo{...} +% is roughly equivalent to +% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} +% \def\Xfoo#1{...} +% +% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my +% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 + +\def\parseargdef#1{% + \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% +} +\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% + \def#2{\parsearg#1}% + \def#1##1% +} + +% Several utility definitions with active space: +{ \obeyspaces - \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} -\endgroup + \gdef\obeyedspace{ } + + % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword + % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this + % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input + % should produce a line of output anyway. + % + \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} + + % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces + % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the + % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). + \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} +} \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} -%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away -%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) -\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} -\def\ENVcheck{% -\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue} -\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage +% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: +% +% \envdef\foo{...} +% \def\Efoo{...} +% +% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the +% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also +% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks +% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be +% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. +% +% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they +% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The +% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this +% special case.) -% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. -\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} -\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} +% At runtime, environments start with this: +\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} +% initialize +\let\thisenv\empty -\def\beginxxx #1{% -\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax -{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else -\csname #1\endcsname\fi} +% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': +\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} +\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} -% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. -% -\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} -\def\endxxx #1{% - \removeactivespaces{#1}% - \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax - % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% - \else - \unmatchedenderror\endthing - \fi +% Check whether we're in the right environment: +\def\checkenv#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\thisenv\temp \else - % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. - \csname E\endthing\endcsname + \badenverr \fi } -% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. -% -\def\unmatchedenderror#1{% +% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected: +\def\badenverr{% \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% + \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, + not \inenvironment\thisenv}% +} +\def\inenvironment#1{% + \ifx#1\empty + out of any environment% + \else + in environment \expandafter\string#1% + \fi } -% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. +% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. +% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv % -\def\defineunmatchedend#1{% - \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% +\parseargdef\end{% + \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname + \else + % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 + \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname + \csname E#1\endcsname + \endgroup + \fi } +\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} -% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in -% \nonfillstart and \quotations). -\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt -\def\singlespace{% - % Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below - % environments. --karl, 6may93 - %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip - %\kern \baselineskip}% - \setleading \singlespaceskip -} %% Simple single-character @ commands @@ -447,16 +565,22 @@ \let\{=\mylbrace \let\}=\myrbrace \begingroup - % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index. - \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12 + % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, + % and @{ and @} for the aux file. + \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 - \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12 - @gdef@lbracecmd[\{]% - @gdef@rbracecmd[\}]% -@endgroup + \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other + !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% + !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% + !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% + !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% +!endgroup + +% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. +\let\comma = , % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent -% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H. +% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. \let\, = \c \let\dotaccent = \. \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} @@ -464,10 +588,12 @@ \let\ubaraccent = \b \let\udotaccent = \d -% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown -% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss. +% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm +% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. \def\questiondown{?`} \def\exclamdown{!`} +\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} +\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. \def\imacro{i} @@ -480,6 +606,25 @@ \fi\fi } +% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a +% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) +% +\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } + +% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in +% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most +% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using +% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and +% \scriptscriptstyle). +% +\def\LaTeX{% + L\kern-.36em + {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% + \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% + \kern-.15em + \TeX +} + % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and @@ -498,6 +643,9 @@ % @* forces a line break. \def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} +% @/ allows a line break. +\let\/=\allowbreak + % @. is an end-of-sentence period. \def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } @@ -520,47 +668,24 @@ % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and % the text is small, which looks bad. % -\def\group{\begingroup - \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else +% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can +% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it +% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an +% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The +% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit +% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). +% +\newbox\groupbox +\def\vfilllimit{0.7} +% +\envdef\group{% + \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% \fi + \startsavinginserts % - % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large - % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the - % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of - % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space - % above. But it's pretty close. - \def\Egroup{% - \egroup % End the \vtop. - \endgroup % End the \group. - }% - % - \vtop\bgroup - % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in - % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. - % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group - % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the - % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. - % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. - \everypar = {\strut}% - % - % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's - % normal interline spacing. - \offinterlineskip - % - % OK, but now we have to do something about blank - % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally - % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've - % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an - % empty paragraph. - \ifx\par\lisppar - \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% - % - % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. - \obeylines - \fi - % + \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after @@ -570,6 +695,32 @@ \comment } % +% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts +% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) +% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space +% above. But it's pretty close. +\def\Egroup{% + % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group + % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. + \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. + \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth + \egroup % End the \vtop. + % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. + \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox + % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). + \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal + % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big + % group, force a page break. + \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 + \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight + \page + \fi + \fi + \box\groupbox + \prevdepth = \dimen1 + \checkinserts +} +% % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. % @@ -582,10 +733,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in -\def\need{\parsearg\needx} - % Old definition--didn't work. -%\def\needx #1{\par % +%\parseargdef\need{\par % %% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally %% if the depth of the box does not fit. %{\baselineskip=0pt% @@ -593,70 +742,50 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} %\prevdepth=-1000pt %}} -\def\needx#1{% - % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a +\parseargdef\need{% + % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. \par % - % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page - % break, since the best break might be right here. - \allowbreak - \nointerlineskip - \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}% - % - % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the - % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the - % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider - % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the - % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. - % - % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the - % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in - % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which - % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing - % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an - % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real - % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. - \penalty9999 - % - % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. - \kern -#1\mil - % - % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. - \nobreak + % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. + \dimen0 = #1\mil + \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox + \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox + \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 + % + % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the + % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. + % And a page break here is fine. + \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% + % + % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the + % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the + % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider + % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the + % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. + % + % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the + % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in + % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which + % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing + % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an + % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real + % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. + \penalty9999 + % + % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. + \kern -#1\mil + % + % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. + \nobreak + \fi } -% @br forces paragraph break +% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). \let\br = \par -% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font. -% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter -% font as three actual period characters. -% -\def\dots{% - \leavevmode - \hbox to 1.5em{% - \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil - .\hss.\hss.% - \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil - }% -} - -% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -% -\def\enddots{% - \leavevmode - \hbox to 2em{% - \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil - .\hss.\hss.\hss.% - \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil - }% - \spacefactor=3000 -} - - -% @page forces the start of a new page +% @page forces the start of a new page. % \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} @@ -668,57 +797,127 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \newskip\exdentamount % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. -\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} -\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} +\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. -\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} -\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount -\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} - -% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph. +\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount + \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} -\def\inmargin#1{% -\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth - \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss - \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}} +% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current +% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion +% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. +% \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} - -%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} +% +\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% + \nobreak + \kern-\strutdepth + \vtop to \strutdepth{% + \baselineskip=\strutdepth + \vss + % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to + % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. + \ifx#1l% + \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% + \else + \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% + \fi + \null + }% +}} +\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} +\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} +% +% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} +% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; +% else use TEXT for both). +% +\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} +\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts + \def\righttext{#2}% + \else + \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text + \def\righttext{#1}% + \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno + \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin + \else + \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% + \fi + \temp +} % @include file insert text of that file as input. -% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). -\def\include{\begingroup - \catcode`\\=12 - \catcode`~=12 - \catcode`^=12 - \catcode`_=12 - \catcode`|=12 - \catcode`<=12 - \catcode`>=12 - \catcode`+=12 - \parsearg\includezzz} -% Restore active chars for included file. -\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup - % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work. +% +\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} +\def\includezzz#1{% + \pushthisfilestack \def\thisfile{#1}% - \input\thisfile -\endgroup} + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \def\temp{\input #1 }% + \expandafter + }\temp + \popthisfilestack +} +\def\filenamecatcodes{% + \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`~=\other + \catcode`^=\other + \catcode`_=\other + \catcode`|=\other + \catcode`<=\other + \catcode`>=\other + \catcode`+=\other + \catcode`-=\other +} -\def\thisfile{} +\def\pushthisfilestack{% + \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm +} +\def\pushthisfilestackX{% + \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm +} +\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% + \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% +} + +\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} +\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: + the stack of filenames is empty.}} -% @center line outputs that line, centered +\def\thisfile{} -\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz} -\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip -\advance\hsize by -\rightskip -\centerline{#1}}} +% @center line +% outputs that line, centered. +% +\parseargdef\center{% + \ifhmode + \let\next\centerH + \else + \let\next\centerV + \fi + \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% +} +\def\centerH#1{% + {% + \hfil\break + \advance\hsize by -\leftskip + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \line{#1}% + \break + }% +} +\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space -\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} -\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip} +\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} % @comment ...line which is ignored... % @c is the same as @comment @@ -731,374 +930,175 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \let\c=\comment -% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only. -\let\paragraphindent=\comment - -% Prevent errors for section commands. -% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. -\def\ignoresections{% -\let\chapter=\relax -\let\unnumbered=\relax -\let\top=\relax -\let\unnumberedsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsection=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax -\let\section=\relax -\let\subsec=\relax -\let\subsubsec=\relax -\let\subsection=\relax -\let\subsubsection=\relax -\let\appendix=\relax -\let\appendixsec=\relax -\let\appendixsection=\relax -\let\appendixsubsec=\relax -\let\appendixsubsection=\relax -\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax -\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax -\let\contents=\relax -\let\smallbook=\relax -\let\titlepage=\relax -} - -% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source -% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used -% incorrectly. -% -\def\ignoremorecommands{% - \let\defcodeindex = \relax - \let\defcv = \relax - \let\deffn = \relax - \let\deffnx = \relax - \let\defindex = \relax - \let\defivar = \relax - \let\defmac = \relax - \let\defmethod = \relax - \let\defop = \relax - \let\defopt = \relax - \let\defspec = \relax - \let\deftp = \relax - \let\deftypefn = \relax - \let\deftypefun = \relax - \let\deftypevar = \relax - \let\deftypevr = \relax - \let\defun = \relax - \let\defvar = \relax - \let\defvr = \relax - \let\ref = \relax - \let\xref = \relax - \let\printindex = \relax - \let\pxref = \relax - \let\settitle = \relax - \let\setchapternewpage = \relax - \let\setchapterstyle = \relax - \let\everyheading = \relax - \let\evenheading = \relax - \let\oddheading = \relax - \let\everyfooting = \relax - \let\evenfooting = \relax - \let\oddfooting = \relax - \let\headings = \relax - \let\include = \relax - \let\lowersections = \relax - \let\down = \relax - \let\raisesections = \relax - \let\up = \relax - \let\set = \relax - \let\clear = \relax - \let\item = \relax -} - -% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. -% -\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} - -% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. +% @paragraphindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. +% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. +% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. % -\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} -\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} -\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} -\def\html{\doignore{html}} -\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} -\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} - -% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file -% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. -\let\dircategory = \comment - -% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. +\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords +\def\noneword{none} % -\def\doignore#1{\begingroup - % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. - \ignoresections - % - % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. - % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in - % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. - \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% - % - % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. - \catcode32 = 10 - % - % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. - \catcode`\{ = 9 - \catcode`\} = 9 - % - % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. - \catcode`\@ = 12 - % - % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line - % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) - % @c @end ifinfo - % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. - % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) - \catcode`\c = 14 - % - % And now expand that command. - \doignoretext -} - -% What we do to finish off ignored text. -% -\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% - -\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse -\def\obstexwarn{% - \ifwarnedobs\relax\else - % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. - % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. - \immediate\write16{} - \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} - \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} - \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} - \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} - \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} - \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} - \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} - \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} - \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} - \immediate\write16{} - \global\warnedobstrue +\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \defaultparindent = 0pt + \else + \defaultparindent = #1em \fi + \fi + \parindent = \defaultparindent } -% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a -% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), -% uncomment the following line: -%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax - -% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for -% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. -% -\def\nestedignore#1{% - \obstexwarn - % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end - % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the - % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize - % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on - % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. - % - \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup - % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. - \ignoresections - % - % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the - % @end command again. - \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% - % - % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no - % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do - % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we - % undefine them. - % - % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; - % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. - \ignoremorecommands - % - % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define - % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use - % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites - % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still - % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of - % stuff compared to the main input. - % - \nullfont - \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont - \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont - \let\tensf = \nullfont - % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in - % smallexample) - \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont - \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont - \let\indsf = \nullfont - % - % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. - \tracinglostchars = 0 - % - % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. - \frenchspacing - % - % Don't report underfull hboxes. - \hbadness = 10000 - % - % Do minimal line-breaking. - \pretolerance = 10000 - % - % Do not execute instructions in @tex - \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% - % Do not execute macro definitions. - % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. - \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% +% @exampleindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. +% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but +% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. +\parseargdef\exampleindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \lispnarrowing = 0pt + \else + \lispnarrowing = #1em + \fi + \fi } -% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. -% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +% @firstparagraphindent WORD +% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph +% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such +% paragraphs. % -% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be -% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our -% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we -% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid -% losing inside @example, for instance. +% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling +% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. +% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. +% By default, we suppress indentation. % -\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 - \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. - \parsearg\setxxx} -\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} -\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty - \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. - \fi - \endgroup +\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} +\def\insertword{insert} +% +\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\noneword + \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent + \else\ifx\temp\insertword + \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% + \fi\fi } -% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or -% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into -% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. -\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} -% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to +% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. % -\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} -\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} - -% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next +% paragraph. % -{ - \catcode`\_ = \active - % - % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if - % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any - % such active characters to their normal equivalents. - \gdef\value{\begingroup - \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 - \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore - \valuexxx} +\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% + \gdef\indent{% + \restorefirstparagraphindent + \indent + }% + \gdef\noindent{% + \restorefirstparagraphindent + \noindent + }% + \global\everypar = {% + \kern -\parindent + \restorefirstparagraphindent + }% } -\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} -% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's -% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones -% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything -% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result -% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value -% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail -% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a -% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). -% -\def\expandablevalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - {[No value for ``#1'']}% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi +\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% + \global \let \indent = \ptexindent + \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent + \global \everypar = {}% } -% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined -% with @set. + +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % -\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} -\def\ifsetxxx #1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifsetfail - \else - \expandafter\ifsetsucceed - \fi -} -\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} -\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} -\defineunmatchedend{ifset} +\def\asis#1{#1} -% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been -% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +% @math outputs its argument in math mode. % -\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} -\def\ifclearxxx #1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifclearsucceed - \else - \expandafter\ifclearfail - \fi +% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean +% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make +% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, +% which is what @var uses. +{ + \catcode\underChar = \active + \gdef\mathunderscore{% + \catcode\underChar=\active + \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% + } } -\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} -\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} -\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} - -% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text -% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex' -% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. -% -\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} -\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} -\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} -\defineunmatchedend{iftex} -\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} -\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} - -% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it -% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no -% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must -% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't -% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since -% the @ifset might be nested.) -% -\def\conditionalsucceed#1{% - \edef\temp{% - % Remember the current value of \E#1. - \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% - % - % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. - \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% - }% - \temp +% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. +% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but +% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not +% otherwise define @\. +% +% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. +\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} +% +\def\math{% + \tex + \mathunderscore + \let\\ = \mathbackslash + \mathactive + $\finishmath } +\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. -% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the -% control sequences after we've constructed them. +% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. +% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument +% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). % -\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} +{ + \catcode`^ = \active + \catcode`< = \active + \catcode`> = \active + \catcode`+ = \active + \gdef\mathactive{% + \let^ = \ptexhat + \let< = \ptexless + \let> = \ptexgtr + \let+ = \ptexplus + } +} -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} +% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. +\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} +\def\minus{$-$} -% @math means output in math mode. -% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control -% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, -% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they -% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a -% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. +% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. +% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter +% font as three actual period characters. % -% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it -% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. +\def\dots{% + \leavevmode + \hbox to 1.5em{% + \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil + .\hfil.\hfil.% + \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil + }% +} + +% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. % -\let\implicitmath = $ -\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} +\def\enddots{% + \dots + \spacefactor=3000 +} -% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. -\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} -\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} +% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up +% Texinfo's parsing. +% +\let\comma = , % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax @@ -1114,20 +1114,20 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. % This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. \def\setfilename{% + \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. \iflinks - \readauxfile + \tryauxfile + % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. + \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. \openindices - \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. - \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. + \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. % % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. - % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. \openin 1 texinfo.cnf - \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi - \closein1 - \temp + \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi + \closein 1 % \comment % Ignore the actual filename. } @@ -1147,21 +1147,298 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} +\message{pdf,} +% adobe `portable' document format +\newcount\tempnum +\newcount\lnkcount +\newtoks\filename +\newcount\filenamelength +\newcount\pgn +\newtoks\toksA +\newtoks\toksB +\newtoks\toksC +\newtoks\toksD +\newbox\boxA +\newcount\countA +\newif\ifpdf +\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest + +% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 +% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, +% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined +\else + \ifx\pdfoutput\relax + \else + \ifcase\pdfoutput + \else + \pdftrue + \fi + \fi +\fi +% +\ifpdf + \input pdfcolor + \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% + \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% + \def\imagewidth{#2}% + \def\imageheight{#3}% + % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is + % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \immediate\pdfimage + \else + \immediate\pdfximage + \fi + \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi + \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 + #1.pdf% + \else + {#1.pdf}% + \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else + \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage + \fi} + \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% + % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code in a section title + % aren't expanded. + \atdummies + \normalturnoffactive + \pdfdest name{#1} xyz% + }} + \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} + \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? + \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} + % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines + % come from Petr Olsak + \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% + \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} + \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax + \advance\tempnum by 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} + % + % #1 is the section text. #2 is the pdf expression for the number + % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node + % text, which might be empty if this toc entry had no + % corresponding node. #4 is the page number. + % + \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% + % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the + % page number. We could generate a destination for the section + % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't + % seem worthwhile, since most documents are normally structured. + \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% + \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}\fi + % + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{#1}% + } + % + \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% + \begingroup + % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks + \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace + \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace + % + % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \def\thischapnum{##2}% + \def\thissecnum{0}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + }% + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% + \def\thissecnum{##2}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + }% + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% + \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% + }% + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% + }% + \def\thischapnum{0}% + \def\thissecnum{0}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + % + % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et + % al. a second time, below. + \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% + \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% + \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% + \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% + \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% + \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% + \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% + \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% + \input \jobname.toc + % + % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. + % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of + % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. + % + % We use the node names as the destinations. + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero + \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% + % + % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of + % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, + % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from + % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from + % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. + % + % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to + % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right + % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \input \jobname.toc + \endgroup + } + % + \def\makelinks #1,{% + \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% + \ifx\params\E + \let\nextmakelinks=\relax + \else + \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks + \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi + \picknum{#1}% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} + goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% + \linkcolor #1% + \advance\lnkcount by 1% + \endlink + \fi + \nextmakelinks + } + \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} + \def\pn#1{% + \def\p{#1}% + \ifx\p\lbrace + \let\nextpn=\ppn + \else + \let\nextpn=\ppnn + \def\first{#1} + \fi + \nextpn + } + \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} + \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} + \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} + \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% + \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax + \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces + \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% + \advance\filenamelength by 1 + \fi + \fi + \nextsp} + \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \let \startlink \pdfannotlink + \else + \let \startlink \pdfstartlink + \fi + \def\pdfurl#1{% + \begingroup + \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% + \makevalueexpandable + \leavevmode\Red + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% + \endgroup} + \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} + \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} + \def\maketoks{% + \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax + \ifx\first0\adn0 + \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 + \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 + \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 + \else + \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi + \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else + \let\next=\maketoks + \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} + \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \next} + \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% + {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} + \def\pdflink#1{% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} + \linkcolor #1\endlink} + \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} +\else + \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble + \let\pdfurl = \gobble + \let\endlink = \relax + \let\linkcolor = \relax + \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax +\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput + + \message{fonts,} -% Font-change commands. + +% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. +% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in +% italics, not bold italics. +% +\def\setfontstyle#1{% + \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. + \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font +} + +% Select #1 fonts with the current style. +% +\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} + +\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} +\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} +\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} +\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} +\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. -% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. +% So we set up a \sf. \newfam\sffam -\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} +\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. -% We don't need math for this one. -\def\ttsl{\tenttsl} +% We don't need math for this font style. +\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} + +% Default leading. +\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt -% Use Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf (11pt). -\newcount\mainmagstep -\mainmagstep=\magstephalf +% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size +% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers +% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. +% +\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} +\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} +\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} +% +\def\setleading#1{% + \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax + \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip + \normalbaselines + \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% + \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip + depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip + }% +} % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the % specified font prefix (normally `cm'). @@ -1191,17 +1468,11 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \def\scshape{csc} \def\scbshape{csc} -\ifx\bigger\relax -\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1 -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} -\else +% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). +\def\textnominalsize{11pt} +\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\fi -% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10. -% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 -% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10. \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} @@ -1211,30 +1482,40 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep -% A few fonts for @defun, etc. -\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314 +% A few fonts for @defun names and args. +\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} -\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} - -% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt). -% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic, -% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that. -% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they -% aren't very useful. -\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\ninettsl\ttslshape{10}{900} -\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\indit\itshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\indsl\slshape{9}{1000} -\let\indtt=\ninett -\let\indttsl=\ninettsl -\let\indsf=\indrm -\let\indbf=\indrm -\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900} -\font\indi=cmmi9 -\font\indsy=cmsy9 - -% Fonts for title page: +\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} +\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} + +% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). +\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} +\font\smalli=cmmi9 +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 + +% Fonts for small examples (8pt). +\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} +\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} +\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} +\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} +\font\smalleri=cmmi8 +\font\smallersy=cmsy8 + +% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): +\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} @@ -1246,8 +1527,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\authorrm{\secrm} +\def\authortt{\sectt} % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). +\def\chapnominalsize{17pt} \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} @@ -1260,6 +1543,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 % Section fonts (14.4pt). +\def\secnominalsize{14pt} \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} @@ -1271,21 +1555,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 -% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} % This size an font looked bad. -% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1} % The letters were too crowded. -% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1} -% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} -% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1} - -%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315} % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx. -%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315} % Also, the size is a little larger than -%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315} % being scaled magstep1. -%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315} -%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315} - -%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm - % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). +\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} @@ -1293,68 +1564,134 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315} \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 -% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, -% but that is not a standard magnification. + +% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). +\def\reducednominalsize{10pt} +\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000} +\font\reducedi=cmmi10 +\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since -% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we -% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would -% also require loading a lot more fonts). +% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except +% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and +% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). % \def\resetmathfonts{% - \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy - \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf - \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf + \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy + \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf + \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf } - % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead -% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work -% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most -% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam -% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to -% redefine \bf itself. +% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the +% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire +% \tenSTYLE to set the current font. +% +% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) +% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in +% the LaTeX logo and acronyms. +% +% This all needs generalizing, badly. +% \def\textfonts{% \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc - \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl - \resetmathfonts} + \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy + \let\tenttsl=\textttsl + \def\curfontsize{text}% + \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} \def\titlefonts{% \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl + \def\curfontsize{title}% + \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} \def\chapfonts{% \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc - \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl + \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy + \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl + \def\curfontsize{chap}% + \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} \def\secfonts{% \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc - \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl + \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy + \let\tenttsl=\secttsl + \def\curfontsize{sec}% + \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} \def\subsecfonts{% \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc - \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl + \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy + \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl + \def\curfontsize{ssec}% + \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} -\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? -\def\indexfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl - \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc - \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl - \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}} +\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts +\def\reducedfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl + \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc + \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy + \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl + \def\curfontsize{reduced}% + \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} +\def\smallfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl + \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc + \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy + \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl + \def\curfontsize{small}% + \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} +\def\smallerfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl + \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc + \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy + \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl + \def\curfontsize{smaller}% + \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} + +% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. +\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts + +% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample +% can fit this many characters: +% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 +% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: +% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 +% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth +% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. +% +% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): +% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 +% +% I wish the USA used A4 paper. +% --karl, 24jan03. + % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % -\textfonts +\textfonts \rm % Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. \def\angleleft{$\langle$} @@ -1365,27 +1702,41 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % Fonts for short table of contents. \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12 \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000} %% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans %% serif) and @ii for TeX italic % \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction % unless the following character is such as not to need one. -\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi} -\def\smartslanted#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} -\def\smartitalic#1{{\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else + \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} +\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + +% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. +% @var is set to this for defun arguments. +\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + +% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want +% ttsl for book titles, do we? +\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} \let\i=\smartitalic +\let\slanted=\smartslanted \let\var=\smartslanted \let\dfn=\smartslanted \let\emph=\smartitalic -\let\cite=\smartslanted +% @b, explicit bold. \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} \let\strong=\b +% @sansserif, explicit sans. +\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} + % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. @@ -1393,15 +1744,25 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } +% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. +% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and +% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. +% +\catcode`@=11 + \def\frenchspacing{% + \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m + \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m + } +\catcode`@=\other + \def\t#1{% {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% \null } -\let\ttfont=\t \def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 -\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{% +\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\font\keysy=cmsy9 +\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% @@ -1438,7 +1799,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \null } -% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. +% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. @@ -1456,27 +1817,30 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex } - % - % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index, - % just treat them as a normal -. - \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash} } \def\realdash{-} \def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} -\def\codeunder{\ifusingtt{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}{\_}} +\def\codeunder{% + % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ + % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) + % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us + % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. + \ifusingtt{\ifmmode + \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. + \else\normalunderscore \fi + \discretionary{}{}{}}% + {\_}% +} \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} -%\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary - % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, % then @kbd has no effect. % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). -\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx} -\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{% +\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% \def\arg{#1}% \ifx\arg\worddistinct \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% @@ -1484,15 +1848,17 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else\ifx\arg\wordcode \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\worddistinct{distinct} \def\wordexample{example} \def\wordcode{code} -% Default is kbdinputdistinct. (Too much of a hassle to call the macro, -% the catcodes are wrong for parsearg to work.) -\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl} +% Default is `distinct.' +\kbdinputstyle distinct \def\xkey{\key} \def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% @@ -1500,29 +1866,59 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} -% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. -\let\url=\code +% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. +\let\indicateurl=\code \let\env=\code \let\command=\code -% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional second argument -% specifying the text to display. First (mandatory) arg is the url. -% Perhaps eventually put in a hypertex \special here. -% -\def\uref#1{\urefxxx #1,,\finish} -\def\urefxxx#1,#2,#3\finish{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% +% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) +% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third +% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url +% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in +% a hypertex \special here. +% +\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} +\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% + \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else - \code{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \ifpdf + \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it + \else + \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url + \fi + \else + \code{#1}% only url given, so show it + \fi \fi -} + \endlink +\endgroup} -% rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97. -% So now @email is just like @uref. +% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. +% +\let\url=\uref + +% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. +% %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} -\let\email=\uref +\ifpdf + \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} + \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi + \endlink + \endgroup} +\else + \let\email=\uref +\fi % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and @@ -1548,12 +1944,101 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font -% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps. -\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}} +% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. +% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for +% all-uppercase. +% +\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} +\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% + {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% + \fi +} + +% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. +% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. +% +\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} +\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% + {\frenchspacing #1}% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% + \fi +} -% @pounds{} is a sterling sign. +% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. +% \def\pounds{{\it\$}} +% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. +% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik +% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and +% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). +% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. +% +% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore +% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular +% font height. +% +% feymr - regular +% feymo - slanted +% feybr - bold +% feybo - bold slanted +% +% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. +% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. +% Hmm. +% +% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? +% Hope not. +% +% +\def\euro{{\eurofont e}} +\def\eurofont{% + % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in + % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that + % installations which never need the symbold don't have to have the + % font installed. + % + % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale + % that to the current nominal size. + % + % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but + % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. + % + \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% + % + \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename + % bold: + \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize + \else + % regular: + \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize + \fi + \thiseurofont +} + +% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really +% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. +% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. +% +\def\registeredsymbol{% + $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% + \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% + }$% +} + +% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: +% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 +% so we'll define it if necessary. +% +\ifx\Orb\undefined +\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} +\fi + \message{page headings,} @@ -1572,84 +2057,103 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue -\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} -\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% +\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} -\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts - \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm - \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% - % - \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}% - % - % Leave some space at the very top of the page. - \vglue\titlepagetopglue - % - % Now you can print the title using @title. - \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% - \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1} - % print a rule at the page bottom also. - \finishedtitlepagefalse - \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}% - % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. - \finishedtitlepagetrue - % - % Now you can put text using @subtitle. - \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% - \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% - % - % @author should come last, but may come many times. - \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% - \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi - {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% - % - % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space - % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. - \let\oldpage = \page - \def\page{% +\envdef\titlepage{% + % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. + \begingroup + \parindent=0pt \textfonts + % Leave some space at the very top of the page. + \vglue\titlepagetopglue + % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. + \finishedtitlepagetrue + % + % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space + % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. + \let\oldpage = \page + \def\page{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage + \finishtitlepage \fi - \oldpage \let\page = \oldpage - \hbox{}}% -% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} + \page + \null + }% } \def\Etitlepage{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, - % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. - % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page - % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. - \oldpage - \endgroup - % - % If they want short, they certainly want long too. - \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage - \shortcontents - \contents - \global\let\shortcontents = \relax - \global\let\contents = \relax - \fi - % - \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage - \contents - \global\let\contents = \relax - \global\let\shortcontents = \relax - \fi - % - \HEADINGSon + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, + % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. + % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page + % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. + \oldpage + \endgroup + % + % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are + % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. + \HEADINGSon + % + % If they want short, they certainly want long too. + \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage + \shortcontents + \contents + \global\let\shortcontents = \relax + \global\let\contents = \relax + \fi + % + \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage + \contents + \global\let\contents = \relax + \global\let\shortcontents = \relax + \fi } \def\finishtitlepage{% - \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize - \vskip\titlepagebottomglue - \finishedtitlepagetrue + \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize + \vskip\titlepagebottomglue + \finishedtitlepagetrue +} + +%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: + +\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm +\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} + +\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines + \let\tt=\authortt} + +\parseargdef\title{% + \checkenv\titlepage + \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1} + % print a rule at the page bottom also. + \finishedtitlepagefalse + \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt +} + +\parseargdef\subtitle{% + \checkenv\titlepage + {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% +} + +% @author should come last, but may come many times. +% It can also be used inside @quotation. +% +\parseargdef\author{% + \def\temp{\quotation}% + \ifx\thisenv\temp + \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. + \else + \checkenv\titlepage + \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi + {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}% + \fi } + %%% Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio @@ -1659,7 +2163,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages -% Now make Tex use those variables +% Now make TeX use those variables \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline @@ -1673,32 +2177,27 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @evenfooting @thisfile|| % @oddfooting ||@thisfile -\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} -\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} -\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} - -\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} -\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} -\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} - -{\catcode`\@=0 % -\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} +\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} -\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} +\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} -\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% +\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% -\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} +\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} -\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} +\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% % % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume @@ -1707,9 +2206,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip } -\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} -% -}% unbind the catcode of @. +\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} + % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. @@ -1723,7 +2221,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} -\def\HEADINGSoff{ +\def\HEADINGSoff{% \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} \HEADINGSoff @@ -1732,7 +2230,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top % edge of all pages. -\def\HEADINGSdouble{ +\def\HEADINGSdouble{% \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} @@ -1744,7 +2242,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, % page number on top right. -\def\HEADINGSsingle{ +\def\HEADINGSsingle{% \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} @@ -1774,7 +2272,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} } % Subroutines used in generating headings -% Produces Day Month Year style of output. +% This produces Day Month Year style of output. +% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set +% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). +\ifx\today\undefined \def\today{% \number\day\space \ifcase\month @@ -1783,16 +2284,16 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec \fi \space\number\year} +\fi % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. % It generates no output of its own. \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} -\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} -\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} +\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} \message{tables,} -% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). +% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). % default indentation of table text \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in @@ -1804,7 +2305,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin \newdimen\itemmax -% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with +% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with % these defs. % They also define \itemindex % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). @@ -1816,22 +2317,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} -\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} -\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz} - -\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} -\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz} - -\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% - \itemzzz {#1}} - -\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% - \itemzzz {#1}} - \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \advance\hsize by -\tableindent - \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% \itemindex{#1}% \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. % @@ -1855,10 +2344,14 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. \nobreak \vskip-\parskip % - % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately - % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following - % \baselineskip glue. - \nobreak + % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if + % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no + % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would + % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this + % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert + % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. + % + \penalty 10001 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse \else @@ -1877,97 +2370,106 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \fi } -\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} -\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} -\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} -\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} -\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} -\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} - -% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work. -\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} +\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} +\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} % @table, @ftable, @vtable. -\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} -{\obeylines\obeyspaces% -\gdef\tablex #1^^M{% -\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} - -\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} -{\obeylines\obeyspaces% -\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% -\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley -\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% -\let\Etable=\relax}} - -\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} -{\obeylines\obeyspaces% -\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% -\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley -\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% -\let\Etable=\relax}} - -\def\dontindex #1{} -\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% -\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% - -{\obeyspaces % -\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% -\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} - -\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% -\aboveenvbreak % -\begingroup % -\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge. -\let\itemindex=#1% -\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % -\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % -\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % -\def\itemfont{#2}% -\itemmax=\tableindent % -\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % -\advance \leftskip by \tableindent % -\exdentamount=\tableindent -\parindent = 0pt -\parskip = \smallskipamount -\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% -\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% -\let\item = \internalBitem % -\let\itemx = \internalBitemx % -\let\kitem = \internalBkitem % -\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % -\let\xitem = \internalBxitem % -\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % +\envdef\table{% + \let\itemindex\gobble + \tablecheck{table}% +} +\envdef\ftable{% + \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% + \tablecheck{ftable}% +} +\envdef\vtable{% + \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% + \tablecheck{vtable}% } +\def\tablecheck#1{% + \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active + \endgroup + \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is + that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% + \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% + \else + \let\next\tablex + \fi + \next +} +\def\tablex#1{% + \def\itemindicate{#1}% + \parsearg\tabley +} +\def\tabley#1{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% + \expandafter + }\temp \endtablez +} +\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% + \aboveenvbreak + \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi + \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi + \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi + \itemmax=\tableindent + \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin + \advance \leftskip by \tableindent + \exdentamount=\tableindent + \parindent = 0pt + \parskip = \smallskipamount + \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + \let\item = \internalBitem + \let\itemx = \internalBitemx +} +\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} +\let\Eftable\Etable +\let\Evtable\Etable +\let\Eitemize\Etable +\let\Eenumerate\Etable % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize \newcount \itemno -\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} +\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} -\def\itemizezzz #1{% - \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize - \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} +\def\doitemize#1{% + \aboveenvbreak + \itemmax=\itemindent + \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin + \advance\leftskip by \itemindent + \exdentamount=\itemindent + \parindent=0pt + \parskip=\smallskipamount + \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + \def\itemcontents{#1}% + % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. + \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi + \let\item=\itemizeitem } -\def\itemizey #1#2{% -\aboveenvbreak % -\itemmax=\itemindent % -\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % -\advance \leftskip by \itemindent % -\exdentamount=\itemindent -\parindent = 0pt % -\parskip = \smallskipamount % -\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% -\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% -\def\itemcontents{#1}% -\let\item=\itemizeitem} - -% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. -% These are `.?!:;,' -\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000 - \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 } +% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. +% +\def\itemizeitem{% + \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations + {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break + {% + % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a + % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have + % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero + % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the + % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there + % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much + % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least + % that's the theory. + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi + \noindent + \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% + \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. + \flushcr +} % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. @@ -1978,11 +2480,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No % argument is the same as `1'. % -\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} -\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} +\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% - \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate - % % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. \def\thearg{#1}% \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi @@ -2053,13 +2552,13 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} }% } -% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the +% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. % \def\startenumeration#1{% \advance\itemno by -1 - \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr + \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr } % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg @@ -2070,16 +2569,6 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} -% Definition of @item while inside @itemize. - -\def\itemizeitem{% -\advance\itemno by 1 -{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% -\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi -{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt -\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% -\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% -\flushcr} % @multitable macros % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 @@ -2106,24 +2595,14 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item ... % using the widest term desired in each column. -% -% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in -% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it -% will parse correctly, i.e., -% -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 -% template} -% Not: -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} -% {Column 3 template} % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. -% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their -% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are. +% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt +% if they are. % Sample multitable: @@ -2167,13 +2646,12 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} \newif\ifsetpercent -% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which -% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we -% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the -% percent of \hsize for this column. -\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {% +% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might +% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. +% +\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% \setuptable } @@ -2190,8 +2668,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \let\go\pickupwholefraction \else \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip }% Add a normal word space as a separator; - % typically that is always in the input, anyway. + \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a + % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% \fi \fi @@ -2206,17 +2684,33 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \go } -% multitable syntax -\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96 - % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is - % maintained, even if it is never used. +% multitable-only commands. +% +% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. +% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group +% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab. +\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}% +% +% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template +% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until +% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. +% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. +\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: % -\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} -\def\dotable#1{\bgroup +\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. +% +\envdef\multitable{% \vskip\parskip - \let\item\crcr + \startsavinginserts + % + % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. + % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries + % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka + % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. + \def\item{\crcr}% + % \tolerance=9500 \hbadness=9500 \setmultitablespacing @@ -2224,81 +2718,96 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \parindent=\multitableparindent \overfullrule=0pt \global\colcount=0 - \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup\egroup}% % + \everycr = {% + \noalign{% + \global\everytab={}% + \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. + % Check for saved footnotes, etc. + \checkinserts + % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. + %\filbreak + % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the + % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the + % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. + }% + }% + % + \parsearg\domultitable +} +\def\domultitable#1{% % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable % - % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of - % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. - % The table preamble - % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. - \everycr{\noalign{% - % - % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. - % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table - % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem - % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. - \global\colcount=0\relax}}% - % % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will % be used as many times as user calls for columns. % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and % continue for many paragraphs if desired. - \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax - \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname - % - % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other - % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after - % the first one. - % - % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace - % to the width of each template entry. - % - % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will - % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip - % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at - % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. - % - % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. - \rightskip=0pt - \ifnum\colcount=1 - % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. - \advance\hsize by\leftskip - \else - \ifsetpercent \else - % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize - % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. - \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace - \fi - % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: - \leftskip=\multitablecolspace - \fi - % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious - % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the - % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. - % For example: - % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 - % @item @code{#} - % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. - % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking - % characters. - \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr -} - -\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. -% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on -% current baselineskip. + \halign\bgroup &% + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \multistrut + \vtop{% + % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: + \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname + % + % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other + % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after + % the first one. + % + % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace + % to the width of each template entry. + % + % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will + % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip + % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at + % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. + % + % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. + \rightskip=0pt + \ifnum\colcount=1 + % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. + \advance\hsize by\leftskip + \else + \ifsetpercent \else + % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize + % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. + \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace + \fi + % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: + \leftskip=\multitablecolspace + \fi + % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious + % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the + % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. + % For example: + % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 + % @item @code{#} + % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. + % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively + % marking characters. + \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut + }\cr +} +\def\Emultitable{% + \crcr + \egroup % end the \halign + \global\setpercentfalse +} + +\def\setmultitablespacing{% + \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing + % + % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in + % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on + % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. + % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt -%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, -%% to keep lines equally spaced -\let\multistrut = \strut +\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip +\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 +\fi %% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of %% table. If not, do nothing. %% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. -\else -\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 -width0pt\relax} \fi \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller @@ -2311,13 +2820,222 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \fi} +\message{conditionals,} + +% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, +% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't +% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we +% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't +% attempt to close an environment group. +% +\def\makecond#1{% + \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax + \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 +} +\makecond{iftex} +\makecond{ifnotdocbook} +\makecond{ifnothtml} +\makecond{ifnotinfo} +\makecond{ifnotplaintext} +\makecond{ifnotxml} + +% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. +% +\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} +\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} +\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} +\def\html{\doignore{html}} +\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} +\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} +\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} +\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} +\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} +\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} +\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} +\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} + +% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. +% +% A count to remember the depth of nesting. +\newcount\doignorecount + +\def\doignore#1{\begingroup + % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: + \catcode`\@ = \other + \catcode`\{ = \other + \catcode`\} = \other + % + % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. + \spaceisspace + % + % Count number of #1's that we've seen. + \doignorecount = 0 + % + % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. + \dodoignore{#1}% +} + +{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. + \obeylines % + % + \gdef\dodoignore#1{% + % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. + % + % Define a command to find the next `@end #1', which must be on a line + % by itself. + \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% + % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a + % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for + % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) + \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% + % + % And now expand that command. + \obeylines % + \doignoretext ^^M% + }% +} + +\def\doignoreyyy#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. + \let\next\doignoretextzzz + \else % Found a nested condition, ... + \advance\doignorecount by 1 + \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. + % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). + \fi + \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. +} + +% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". +% +\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% + \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. + \let\next\enddoignore + \else % Still inside a nested condition. + \advance\doignorecount by -1 + \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. + \fi + \next +} + +% Finish off ignored text. +\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces} + + +% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. +% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +% +% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be +% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our +% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we +% didn't need it. +% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. +% +\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} +\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \def\temp{#2}% + \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% + \ifx\temp\empty + \next{}% + \else + \setzzz#2\endsetzzz + \fi + }% +} +% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. +\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} + +% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +% +\parseargdef\clear{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax + }% +} + +% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} +\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} +{ + \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active + % + \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% + \let\value = \expandablevalue + % We don't want these characters active, ... + \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other + % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if + % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. + % So \let them to their normal equivalents. + \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore + } +} + +% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's +% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). +% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since +% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the +% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain +% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work +% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). +% +\def\expandablevalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + {[No value for ``#1'']}% + \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined +% with @set. +% +% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. +% +\makecond{ifset} +\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} +\def\doifset#1#2{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \let\next=\empty + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax + #1% If not set, redefine \next. + \fi + \expandafter + }\next +} +\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} + +% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +% +% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the +% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, +% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. +% +\makecond{ifclear} +\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} +\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} + +% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file +% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. +\let\dircategory=\comment + +% @defininfoenclose. +\let\definfoenclose=\comment + + \message{indexing,} % Index generation facilities % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite -% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. -{\catcode`\@=11 -\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} +% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. +\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} % \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. % It automatically defines \fooindex such that @@ -2337,42 +3055,48 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi } % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} - +% \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. - +% +\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} +% \def\newcodeindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% - \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}} + \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } -\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. -% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the -% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. -\def\synindex#1 #2 {% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex - \noexpand\doindex{#2}}% -} - +% % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo % inside @code. -\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex - \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}% +% +\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} +\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} + +% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), +% #3 the target index (bar). +\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% + % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up + % closing the target index. + \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined + % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the + % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. + \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 + \fi + % redefine \fooindfile: + \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp + % redefine \fooindex: + \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. @@ -2392,258 +3116,404 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} \def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} +% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. +% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, +% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. +% \def\indexdummies{% -\def\ { }% -% Take care of the plain tex accent commands. -\def\"{\realbackslash "}% -\def\`{\realbackslash `}% -\def\'{\realbackslash '}% -\def\^{\realbackslash ^}% -\def\~{\realbackslash ~}% -\def\={\realbackslash =}% -\def\b{\realbackslash b}% -\def\c{\realbackslash c}% -\def\d{\realbackslash d}% -\def\u{\realbackslash u}% -\def\v{\realbackslash v}% -\def\H{\realbackslash H}% -% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. -\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}% -\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}% -\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}% -\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}% -\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}% -\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}% -\def\o{\realbackslash o}% -\def\O{\realbackslash O}% -\def\l{\realbackslash l}% -\def\L{\realbackslash L}% -\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}% -% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry. -% (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to -% laboriously list every single command here.) -\def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char. -% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. -% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes -% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. -\let\{ = \mylbrace -\let\} = \myrbrace -\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}% -\def\w{\realbackslash w }% -\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }% -%\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }% -\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }% -\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}% -\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}% -\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% -\def\less{\realbackslash less}% -\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% -\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% -\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }% -\def\result{\realbackslash result}% -\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}% -\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}% -\def\print{\realbackslash print}% -\def\error{\realbackslash error}% -\def\point{\realbackslash point}% -\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}% -\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}% -\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}% -\def\uref##1{\realbackslash uref {##1}}% -\def\url##1{\realbackslash url {##1}}% -\def\env##1{\realbackslash env {##1}}% -\def\command##1{\realbackslash command {##1}}% -\def\option##1{\realbackslash option {##1}}% -\def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}% -\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}% -\def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}% -\def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}% -\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}% -\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}% -\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}% -\def\sc##1{\realbackslash sc {##1}}% -\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}% -\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}% -\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}% -\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}% -\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}% -\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}% -\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}% -\def\acronym##1{\realbackslash acronym {##1}}% -% -% Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not -% contain - or _, and the value does not contain any -% (non-fully-expandable) commands. -\let\value = \expandablevalue -% -\unsepspaces -} - -% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces -% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the -% expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). -{\obeyspaces - \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}} - -% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands. -% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by. -\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1} -\def\indexdummytex{TeX} -\def\indexdummydots{...} + \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. + \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% + % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. + % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes + % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. + \let\{ = \mylbrace + \let\} = \myrbrace + % + % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus + % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control + % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect + % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word + % from whatever follows. + % + % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the + % space. + % + % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and + % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then + % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). + % + \def\definedummyword##1{% + \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}% + }% + \def\definedummyletter##1{% + \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}% + }% + \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter + % + % Do the redefinitions. + \commondummies +} + +% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine +% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses +% @, this will be simpler. +% +\def\atdummies{% + \def\@{@@}% + \def\ {@ }% + \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd + \let\} = \rbraceatcmd + % + % (See comments in \indexdummies.) + \def\definedummyword##1{% + \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}% + }% + \def\definedummyletter##1{% + \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}% + }% + \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter + % + % Do the redefinitions. + \commondummies +} + +% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and +% \definedummyletter must be defined first. +% +\def\commondummies{% + % + \normalturnoffactive + % + \commondummiesnofonts + % + \definedummyletter{_}% + % + % Non-English letters. + \definedummyword{AA}% + \definedummyword{AE}% + \definedummyword{L}% + \definedummyword{OE}% + \definedummyword{O}% + \definedummyword{aa}% + \definedummyword{ae}% + \definedummyword{l}% + \definedummyword{oe}% + \definedummyword{o}% + \definedummyword{ss}% + \definedummyword{exclamdown}% + \definedummyword{questiondown}% + \definedummyword{ordf}% + \definedummyword{ordm}% + % + % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. + \definedummyword{bf}% + \definedummyword{gtr}% + \definedummyword{hat}% + \definedummyword{less}% + \definedummyword{sf}% + \definedummyword{sl}% + \definedummyword{tclose}% + \definedummyword{tt}% + % + \definedummyword{LaTeX}% + \definedummyword{TeX}% + % + % Assorted special characters. + \definedummyword{bullet}% + \definedummyword{comma}% + \definedummyword{copyright}% + \definedummyword{registeredsymbol}% + \definedummyword{dots}% + \definedummyword{enddots}% + \definedummyword{equiv}% + \definedummyword{error}% + \definedummyword{euro}% + \definedummyword{expansion}% + \definedummyword{minus}% + \definedummyword{pounds}% + \definedummyword{point}% + \definedummyword{print}% + \definedummyword{result}% + % + % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any + % (non-fully-expandable) commands. + \makevalueexpandable + % + % Normal spaces, not active ones. + \unsepspaces + % + % No macro expansion. + \turnoffmacros +} + +% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. +% +% Better have this without active chars. +{ + \catcode`\~=\other + \gdef\commondummiesnofonts{% + % Control letters and accents. + \definedummyletter{!}% + \definedummyaccent{"}% + \definedummyaccent{'}% + \definedummyletter{*}% + \definedummyaccent{,}% + \definedummyletter{.}% + \definedummyletter{/}% + \definedummyletter{:}% + \definedummyaccent{=}% + \definedummyletter{?}% + \definedummyaccent{^}% + \definedummyaccent{`}% + \definedummyaccent{~}% + \definedummyword{u}% + \definedummyword{v}% + \definedummyword{H}% + \definedummyword{dotaccent}% + \definedummyword{ringaccent}% + \definedummyword{tieaccent}% + \definedummyword{ubaraccent}% + \definedummyword{udotaccent}% + \definedummyword{dotless}% + % + % Texinfo font commands. + \definedummyword{b}% + \definedummyword{i}% + \definedummyword{r}% + \definedummyword{sc}% + \definedummyword{t}% + % + % Commands that take arguments. + \definedummyword{acronym}% + \definedummyword{cite}% + \definedummyword{code}% + \definedummyword{command}% + \definedummyword{dfn}% + \definedummyword{emph}% + \definedummyword{env}% + \definedummyword{file}% + \definedummyword{kbd}% + \definedummyword{key}% + \definedummyword{math}% + \definedummyword{option}% + \definedummyword{samp}% + \definedummyword{strong}% + \definedummyword{tie}% + \definedummyword{uref}% + \definedummyword{url}% + \definedummyword{var}% + \definedummyword{verb}% + \definedummyword{w}% + } +} +% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index +% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all +% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string +% would be for a given command (usually its argument). +% \def\indexnofonts{% -% Just ignore accents. -\let\,=\indexdummyfont -\let\"=\indexdummyfont -\let\`=\indexdummyfont -\let\'=\indexdummyfont -\let\^=\indexdummyfont -\let\~=\indexdummyfont -\let\==\indexdummyfont -\let\b=\indexdummyfont -\let\c=\indexdummyfont -\let\d=\indexdummyfont -\let\u=\indexdummyfont -\let\v=\indexdummyfont -\let\H=\indexdummyfont -\let\dotless=\indexdummyfont -% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. -\def\oe{oe}% -\def\ae{ae}% -\def\aa{aa}% -\def\OE{OE}% -\def\AE{AE}% -\def\AA{AA}% -\def\o{o}% -\def\O{O}% -\def\l{l}% -\def\L{L}% -\def\ss{ss}% -\let\w=\indexdummyfont -\let\t=\indexdummyfont -\let\r=\indexdummyfont -\let\i=\indexdummyfont -\let\b=\indexdummyfont -\let\emph=\indexdummyfont -\let\strong=\indexdummyfont -\let\cite=\indexdummyfont -\let\sc=\indexdummyfont -%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command -% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |... -%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont -\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont -\let\code=\indexdummyfont -\let\url=\indexdummyfont -\let\uref=\indexdummyfont -\let\env=\indexdummyfont -\let\command=\indexdummyfont -\let\option=\indexdummyfont -\let\file=\indexdummyfont -\let\samp=\indexdummyfont -\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont -\let\key=\indexdummyfont -\let\var=\indexdummyfont -\let\TeX=\indexdummytex -\let\dots=\indexdummydots -\def\@{@}% -} - -% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape. -% We must first make another character (@) an escape -% so we do not become unable to do a definition. - -{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other - @gdef@realbackslash{\}} + % Accent commands should become @asis. + \def\definedummyaccent##1{% + \expandafter\let\csname ##1\endcsname\asis + }% + % We can just ignore other control letters. + \def\definedummyletter##1{% + \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{}% + }% + % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. + \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent + % + \commondummiesnofonts + % + % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command + % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. + % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. + %\let\tt=\asis + % + \def\ { }% + \def\@{@}% + % how to handle braces? + \def\_{\normalunderscore}% + % + % Non-English letters. + \def\AA{AA}% + \def\AE{AE}% + \def\L{L}% + \def\OE{OE}% + \def\O{O}% + \def\aa{aa}% + \def\ae{ae}% + \def\l{l}% + \def\oe{oe}% + \def\o{o}% + \def\ss{ss}% + \def\exclamdown{!}% + \def\questiondown{?}% + \def\ordf{a}% + \def\ordm{o}% + % + \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% + \def\TeX{TeX}% + % + % Assorted special characters. + % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) + \def\bullet{bullet}% + \def\comma{,}% + \def\copyright{copyright}% + \def\registeredsymbol{R}% + \def\dots{...}% + \def\enddots{...}% + \def\equiv{==}% + \def\error{error}% + \def\euro{euro}% + \def\expansion{==>}% + \def\minus{-}% + \def\pounds{pounds}% + \def\point{.}% + \def\print{-|}% + \def\result{=>}% + % + % Don't write macro names. + \emptyusermacros +} \let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? -% For \ifx comparisons. -\def\emptymacro{\empty} - % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. -% -\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty} +% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. +\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} % Workhorse for all \fooindexes. % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- -% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception -% is with defuns, which call us directly. +% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception +% is with most defuns, which call us directly). % \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% + \iflinks + {% + % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). + \toks0 = {#2}% + % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. + \def\thirdarg{#3}% + \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else + \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% + \fi + % + \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% + % + \ifvmode + \dosubindsanitize + \else + \dosubindwrite + \fi + }% + \fi +} + +% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: +% +\def\dosubindwrite{% % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else - \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% + \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% \fi - {% - \count255=\lastpenalty - {% - \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage - \escapechar=`\\ - {% - \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. - \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now - % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. - % - \def\thirdarg{#3}% - % - % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key. - \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro - \let\subentry = \empty - \else - \def\subentry{ #3}% - \fi - % - % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off - % to get the string to sort by. - {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}% - % - % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the - % original text, including any font commands. - \toks0 = {#2}% - \edef\temp{% - \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% - \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% - }% - % - % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index string. - \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else - \toks0 = {#3}% - \edef\temp{\temp{\the\toks0}}% - \fi - % - % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it - % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting - % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the - % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences - % like this: - % @end defun - % @tindex whatever - % @defun ... - % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the - % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of - % the previous defun. - % - % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We - % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. - % - % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. - % - \iflinks - \ifvmode - \skip0 = \lastskip - \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi - \fi - % - \temp % do the write - % - % - \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi - \fi - }% - }% - \penalty\count255 + % + % Remember, we are within a group. + \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage + \escapechar=`\\ + \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now + % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. + % + % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to + % get the string to sort by. + {\indexnofonts + \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion + \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% + }% + % + % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and + % the original text, including any font commands. We write + % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the + % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s + % sorted result. + \edef\temp{% + \write\writeto{% + \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% }% + \temp +} + +% Take care of unwanted page breaks: +% +% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it +% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting +% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the +% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences +% like this: +% @end defun +% @tindex whatever +% @defun ... +% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the +% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of +% the previous defun. +% +% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We +% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. +% +% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. +% +% But wait, there is a catch there: +% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not +% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts +% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual +% representation of the skip. +% +% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that +% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). +% +\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} +% +% ..., ready, GO: +% +\def\dosubindsanitize{% + % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. + \skip0 = \lastskip + \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% + \count255 = \lastpenalty + % + % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a + % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this + % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a + % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential + % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. + \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro + \else + \vskip-\skip0 + \fi + % + \dosubindwrite + % + \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro + % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and + % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want + % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various + % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any + % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: + % + % @deffn deffn-whatever + % @vindex index-whatever + % Description. + % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit + % and the "Description." paragraph. + \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi + \else + % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, + % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item + % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. + \nobreak\vskip\skip0 + \fi } % The index entry written in the file actually looks like @@ -2681,13 +3551,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). % -\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} -\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup +\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% % - \indexfonts \rm + \smallfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 - \indexbreaks + \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. % % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains @@ -2714,7 +3583,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change % to make right now. - \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}% + \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% \catcode`\\ = 0 \escapechar = `\\ \begindoublecolumns @@ -2736,7 +3605,10 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \removelastskip % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. - \penalty -300 + \nobreak + \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip + \penalty 0 + \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip % % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column @@ -2746,76 +3618,100 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip \leftline{\secbf #1}% - \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip - % % Do our best not to break after the initial. \nobreak + \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip }} -% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 -% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents -% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. +% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and +% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index +% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. % -\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup - % - % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't - % affect previous text. - \par - % - % Do not fill out the last line with white space. - \parfillskip = 0in - % - % No extra space above this paragraph. - \parskip = 0in - % - % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. - \finalhyphendemerits = 0 - % - % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number - % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the - % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large - % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across - % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. - % - % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start - % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. - \hangindent = 2em - % - % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line - % with blank space. - \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil - % - % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns. - \vskip 0pt plus1pt - % - % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking - % parameters we've set above will have an effect. - \noindent - % - % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. - #1% - % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if - % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be - % cursed by a Unix daemon. - \def\tempa{{\rm }}% - \def\tempb{#2}% - \edef\tempc{\tempa}% - \edef\tempd{\tempb}% - \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else% +% A straightforward implementation would start like this: +% \def\entry#1#2{... +% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to +% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- +% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. +% +% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. +% --kasal, 21nov03 +\def\entry{% + \begingroup % - % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out - % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the - % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) - \hfil\penalty50 - \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. + % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't + % affect previous text. + \par % - % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as - % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull - % \hbox ensues. - \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. - \fi% - \par -\endgroup} + % Do not fill out the last line with white space. + \parfillskip = 0in + % + % No extra space above this paragraph. + \parskip = 0in + % + % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. + \finalhyphendemerits = 0 + % + % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number + % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the + % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large + % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across + % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. + % + % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start + % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. + \hangindent = 2em + % + % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line + % with blank space. + \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil + % + % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing + % columns. + \vskip 0pt plus1pt + % + % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): + \afterassignment\doentry + \let\temp = +} +\def\doentry{% + \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. + \noindent + \aftergroup\finishentry + % And now comes the text of the entry. +} +\def\finishentry#1{% + % #1 is the page number. + % + % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if + % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be + % cursed by a Unix daemon. + \def\tempa{{\rm }}% + \def\tempb{#1}% + \edef\tempc{\tempa}% + \edef\tempd{\tempb}% + \ifx\tempc\tempd + \ % + \else + % + % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out + % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the + % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) + \hfil\penalty50 + \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. + % + % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as + % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull + % \hbox ensues. + \ifpdf + \pdfgettoks#1.% + \ \the\toksA + \else + \ #1% + \fi + \fi + \par + \endgroup +} % Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders @@ -2824,11 +3720,18 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm - -\def\secondary #1#2{ -{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in -\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1 -\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par +\def\secondary#1#2{{% + \parfillskip=0in + \parskip=0in + \hangindent=1in + \hangafter=1 + \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill + \ifpdf + \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. + \else + #2 + \fi + \par }} % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. @@ -2888,7 +3791,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) - \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage \vsize = 2\vsize } @@ -2902,6 +3804,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % previous page. \dimen@ = \vsize \divide\dimen@ by 2 + \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage % % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ @@ -2909,15 +3812,18 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty } +% +% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, +% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. \def\pagesofar{% - % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, - % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. \unvbox\partialpage % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } +% +% All done with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% \output = {% % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the @@ -2942,8 +3848,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). \pagegoal = \vsize } +% +% Called at the end of the double column material. \def\balancecolumns{% - % Called at the end of the double column material. \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip @@ -2971,8 +3878,14 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \message{sectioning,} -% Define chapters, sections, etc. - +% Chapters, sections, etc. + +% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered +% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf +% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter +% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 +% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) +\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 \newcount\chapno \newcount\secno \secno=0 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 @@ -2980,15 +3893,55 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ -\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} +% +% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} +% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple +% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual +% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. +% +\def\appendixletter{% + \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% + % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is + % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not + % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out + % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. + \else\char\the\appendixno + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} % Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. % page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. +% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks. \def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{} \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level -\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count +\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} @@ -2998,287 +3951,246 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name -% Choose a numbered-heading macro -% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections -% #2 is text for heading -\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 -\ifcase\absseclevel - \chapterzzz{#2} -\or - \seczzz{#2} -\or - \numberedsubseczzz{#2} -\or - \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} -\else - \ifnum \absseclevel<0 - \chapterzzz{#2} +% we only have subsub. +\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 +% +% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. +% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: +\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel +% +% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: +% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. +\def\chapheadtype{N} + +% Choose a heading macro +% #1 is heading type +% #2 is heading level +% #3 is text for heading +\def\genhead#1#2#3{% + % Compute the abs. sec. level: + \absseclevel=#2 + \advance\absseclevel by \secbase + % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: + \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 + \absseclevel = 0 \else - \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} + \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 + \absseclevel = 3 + \fi \fi -\fi -} - -% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels -\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 -\ifcase\absseclevel - \appendixzzz{#2} -\or - \appendixsectionzzz{#2} -\or - \appendixsubseczzz{#2} -\or - \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} -\else - \ifnum \absseclevel<0 - \appendixzzz{#2} + % The heading type: + \def\headtype{#1}% + \if \headtype U% + \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel + \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel + \fi \else - \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} + % Check for appendix sections: + \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 + \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% + \else + \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% + \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% + \fi\fi + \fi + % Check for numbered within unnumbered: + \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel + \def\headtype{U}% + \else + \chardef\unmlevel = 3 + \fi \fi -\fi -} - -% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels -\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 -\ifcase\absseclevel - \unnumberedzzz{#2} -\or - \unnumberedseczzz{#2} -\or - \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} -\or - \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} -\else - \ifnum \absseclevel<0 - \unnumberedzzz{#2} + % Now print the heading: + \if \headtype U% + \ifcase\absseclevel + \unnumberedzzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi \else - \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} + \if \headtype A% + \ifcase\absseclevel + \appendixzzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \else + \ifcase\absseclevel + \chapterzzz{#3}% + \or \seczzz{#3}% + \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \fi \fi -\fi + \suppressfirstparagraphindent } -% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. -\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} -\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} -\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz -\def\chapterzzz #1{% -\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 -\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% -\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}% -\gdef\thischaptername{#1}% -% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter -% because we don't want its macros evaluated now. -\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% -\toks0 = {#1}% -\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% - {\the\chapno}}}% -\temp -\donoderef -\global\let\section = \numberedsec -\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec -\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec -} - -\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} -\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz -\def\appendixzzz #1{% -\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 -\global\advance \appendixno by 1 -\message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% -\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}% -\gdef\thischaptername{#1}% -\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% -\toks0 = {#1}% -\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% - {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}}% -\temp -\appendixnoderef -\global\let\section = \appendixsec -\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec -\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec +% an interface: +\def\numhead{\genhead N} +\def\apphead{\genhead A} +\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} + +% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset +% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. +% +% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers +% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. +\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty +% +\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz +\def\chapterzzz#1{% + % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such + % as an @include file. + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\chapno by 1 + % + % Used for \float. + \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% + \resetallfloatnos + % + \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% + % + % Write the actual heading. + \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% + % + % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. + \global\let\section = \numberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz +\def\appendixzzz#1{% + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\appendixno by 1 + \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% + \resetallfloatnos + % + \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% + \message{\appendixnum}% + % + \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% + % + \global\let\section = \appendixsec + \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec +} + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz +\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 + % + % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. + \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty + \resetallfloatnos + % + % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the + % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX + % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX + % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant + % to be executed, not expanded). + % + % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear + % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use + % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, + % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for + % the toc entries.) + \toks0 = {#1}% + \message{(\the\toks0)}% + % + \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% + % + \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec } % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. -\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} -\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} +\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% + % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break + % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. + % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 + \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters + \unnmhead0{#1}% + \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax +} % @top is like @unnumbered. -\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} - -\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} -\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz -\def\unnumberedzzz #1{% -\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 -% -% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the -% argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX -% expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX -% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant -% to be executed, not expanded). -% -% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear -% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use -% \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, -% simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for -% the toc entries.) -\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% -% -\unnumbchapmacro {#1}% -\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% -\toks0 = {#1}% -\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}}}% -\temp -\unnumbnoderef -\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec -\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec -\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec -} +\let\top\unnumbered % Sections. -\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} -\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz -\def\seczzz #1{% -\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % -\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% -\toks0 = {#1}% -\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}% - {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}}% -\temp -\donoderef -\nobreak -} - -\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} -\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} -\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz -\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{% -\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % -\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% -\toks0 = {#1}% -\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}% - {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}}% -\temp -\appendixnoderef -\nobreak -} - -\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} -\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz -\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{% -\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% -\toks0 = {#1}% -\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}}}% -\temp -\unnumbnoderef -\nobreak +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz +\def\seczzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz +\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% +} +\let\appendixsec\appendixsection + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz +\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% } % Subsections. -\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} -\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{% -\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % -\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% -\toks0 = {#1}% -\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}% - {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}% -\temp -\donoderef -\nobreak -} - -\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} -\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{% -\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % -\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% -\toks0 = {#1}% -\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}% - {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}% -\temp -\appendixnoderef -\nobreak -} - -\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} -\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{% -\plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% -\toks0 = {#1}% -\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry% - {\the\toks0}}}% -\temp -\unnumbnoderef -\nobreak +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% + {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% + {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % Subsubsections. -\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} -\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{% -\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % -\subsubsecheading {#1} - {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% -\toks0 = {#1}% -\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% - {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}% -\temp -\donoderef -\nobreak -} - -\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} -\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{% -\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % -\subsubsecheading {#1} - {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% -\toks0 = {#1}% -\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% - {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}% -\temp -\appendixnoderef -\nobreak -} - -\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} -\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{% -\plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% -\toks0 = {#1}% -\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry% - {\the\toks0}}}% -\temp -\unnumbnoderef -\nobreak -} - -% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. -% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. -\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} -\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} -\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} -\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} -\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} - -\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} -\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} -\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} -\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} - -\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} -\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} -\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} -\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% + {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% + {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% + {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} % These macros control what the section commands do, according % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). % Define them by default for a numbered chapter. -\global\let\section = \numberedsec -\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec -\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec +\let\section = \numberedsec +\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec +\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading @@ -3291,23 +4203,27 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. -\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} -\def\majorheadingzzz #1{% -{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% -{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} +\def\majorheading{% + {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% + \parsearg\chapheadingzzz +} -\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} -\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % -{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} +\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} +\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% + {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}% + \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax + \suppressfirstparagraphindent +} % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. -\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading} -\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading} -\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading} +\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} +\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} +\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), @@ -3316,8 +4232,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi %%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} -\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} - %%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) @@ -3340,7 +4254,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} -\def\CHAPPAGodd{ +\def\CHAPPAGodd{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage @@ -3348,260 +4262,394 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \CHAPPAGon -\def\CHAPFplain{ -\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain -\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain -\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain} - -% Plain chapter opening. -% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered. -\def\chfplain#1#2{% +% Chapter opening. +% +% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, +% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. +% +% To test against our argument. +\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} +\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} +\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} +% +\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% \pchapsepmacro {% \chapfonts \rm - \def\chapnum{#2}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% + % + % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the + % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called + % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% + % + % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix + % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. + \def\temptype{#2}% + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{unnchap}% + \def\thischapter{#1}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry + \def\toctype{omit}% + \xdef\thischapter{}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% + \def\toctype{app}% + % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter + % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't + % use \thissection because that changes with each section. + % + \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: + \noexpand\thischaptername}% + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% + \def\toctype{numchap}% + \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: + \noexpand\thischaptername}% + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the + % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc + % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. + \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% + % + % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make + % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has + % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the + % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not + % being visible, for instance under high magnification. + \donoderef{#2}% + % + % Typeset the actual heading. \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe + \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe \unhbox0 #1\par}% }% \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title \nobreak } -% Plain opening for unnumbered. -\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}} - % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -\def\centerchfplain#1{{% - \def\centerparametersmaybe{% - \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip - \leftskip = \rightskip - \parfillskip = 0pt - }% - \chfplain{#1}{}% -}} +\def\centerparameters{% + \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip + \leftskip = \rightskip + \parfillskip = 0pt +} -\CHAPFplain % The default +% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not +% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. +% +\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} +% \def\unnchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak } - \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% \par\penalty 5000 % } - \def\centerchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak } - -\def\CHAPFopen{ -\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen -\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen -\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} +\def\CHAPFopen{% + \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen + \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} -% Section titles. +% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and +% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. +% \newskip\secheadingskip -\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} -\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}} -\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}} +\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} % Subsection titles. -\newskip \subsecheadingskip -\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} -\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}} -\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}} +\newskip\subsecheadingskip +\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} % Subsubsection titles. -\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip -\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak -\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}} -\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}} +\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} +\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} -% Print any size section title. +% Print any size, any type, section title. % -% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section -% number (maybe empty), #3 the text. -\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{% - {% - \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip - \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname - }% +% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is +% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the +% section number. +% +\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% {% % Switch to the right set of fonts. - \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm + \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm + % + % Insert space above the heading. + \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname + % + % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. + \def\sectionlevel{#2}% + \def\temptype{#3}% + % + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{unn}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, + % and don't redefine \thissection. + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{omit}% + \let\sectionlevel=\empty + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% + \def\toctype{app}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% + \def\toctype{num}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \fi\fi\fi % - % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number. - \def\secnum{#2}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% + % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain. + \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% % + % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). + % Again, see comments in \chfplain. + \donoderef{#3}% + % + % Output the actual section heading. \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number - \unhbox0 #3}% + \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number + \unhbox0 #1}% }% - \ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak + % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. + % Don't allow stretch, though. + \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname + % + % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it + % was followed by glue. + \nobreak + % + % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that + % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a + % discardable item.) + \vskip-\parskip + % + % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > + % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after + % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: + % + % @section sec-whatever + % @deffn def-whatever + \penalty 10001 } \message{toc,} +% Table of contents. \newwrite\tocfile % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. -% Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the -% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro. +% Called from @chapter, etc. % -% We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other -% given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere. +% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} +% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional +% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually +% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the +% destination to jump to. +% +% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or +% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. +% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the +% table of contents chapter openings themselves. % \newif\iftocfileopened -\def\writetocentry#1{% - \iftocfileopened\else - \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc - \global\tocfileopenedtrue +\def\omitkeyword{omit}% +% +\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% + \edef\writetoctype{#1}% + \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else + \iftocfileopened\else + \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc + \global\tocfileopenedtrue + \fi + % + \iflinks + \toks0 = {#2}% + \toks2 = \expandafter{\lastnode}% + \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}{#3}% + {\the\toks2}{\noexpand\folio}}}% + \temp + \fi \fi - \iflinks \write\tocfile{#1{\folio}}\fi + % + % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're + % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't + % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered + % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first + % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named + % `1', and two named `2'. + \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi } \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in \newcount\savepageno \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 -% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written -% to \tocfile. +% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. % \def\startcontents#1{% - % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should - % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain - % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. - % From: Torbjorn Granlund - \contentsalignmacro - \immediate\closeout\tocfile - % - % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. - % It is abundantly clear what they are. - \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% - \savepageno = \pageno - \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. - \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 - % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section - % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. - %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi - \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. - \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. - % - % Roman numerals for page numbers. - \ifnum \pageno>0 \pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi + % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should + % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain + % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. + % From: Torbjorn Granlund + \contentsalignmacro + \immediate\closeout\tocfile + % + % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. + % It is abundantly clear what they are. + \def\thischapter{}% + \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% + % + \savepageno = \pageno + \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. + \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 + % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section + % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. + %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi + \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. + \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. + % + % Roman numerals for page numbers. + \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi } % Normal (long) toc. \def\contents{% - \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% - \openin 1 \jobname.toc - \ifeof 1 \else - \closein 1 - \input \jobname.toc - \fi - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \endgroup - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \pageno = \savepageno + \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1 \else + \input \jobname.toc + \fi + \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \ifeof 1 \else + \pdfmakeoutlines + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \global\pageno = \savepageno } % And just the chapters. \def\summarycontents{% - \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% - % - \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry - \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry - % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. - \secfonts - \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl - \rm - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. - \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} - \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} - \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} - \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} - \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} - \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} - \openin 1 \jobname.toc - \ifeof 1 \else - \closein 1 - \input \jobname.toc - \fi - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \endgroup - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \pageno = \savepageno + \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% + % + \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry + \let\appentry = \shortchapentry + \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry + % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. + \secfonts + \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf + \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt + \rm + \hyphenpenalty = 10000 + \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} + \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1 \else + \input \jobname.toc + \fi + \closein 1 + \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \endgroup + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \global\pageno = \savepageno } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents +% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. +% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. +% +\def\shortchaplabel#1{% + % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the + % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. + % But use \hss just in case. + % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after + % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) + % + % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange + % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and + % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 + % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters + % there are before deciding ... + \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% +} + % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. % The first argument is the chapter or section name. % The last argument is the page number. % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... -% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents. -\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} - -% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings -\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% - \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}% +% Chapters, in the main contents. +\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +% +% Chapters, in the short toc. +% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. +\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% + \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% } -% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. -% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. -% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry -% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry -% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. -\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix } -\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 - -\def\shortchaplabel#1{% - % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of - % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned. - \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% - \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi - % - % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the - % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. - % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after - % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) - \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em - \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}% -} +% Appendices, in the main contents. +% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. +% +\def\appendixbox#1{% + % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% + \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} +% +\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}} -\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}} +% Unnumbered chapters. +\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} +\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} % Sections. -\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}} +\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry +\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} % Subsections. -\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} -\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}} +\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry +\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} % And subsubsections. -\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} -\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}} +\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry +\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. -\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc +% Same as \defaultparindent. +\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the % page number. @@ -3612,37 +4660,28 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup \chapentryfonts - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} -% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for -% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We -% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist -% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) -\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup - \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks - % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is - % typeset in cmr, so characters such as _ would come out wrong; we - % have to do the usual translation tricks. - \entry{#1}{#2}% -\endgroup} +% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. +\let\tocentry = \entry % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} @@ -3652,71 +4691,61 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} -\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts -\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts +\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} +\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} \message{environments,} +% @foo ... @end foo. +% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. +% % Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. -% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts. -\newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox -\newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox -\newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox - -%{\tentt -%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil} -%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil} -%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil} -%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil} -% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook) -%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex -% depth .1ex\hfil} -%} - -% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. +% \def\point{$\star$} \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} \def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} +% The @error{} command. % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. +% +\newbox\errorbox +% {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} - -\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil +% +\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. - \vbox{ + \vbox{% \hrule height\dimen2 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. \hrule height\dimen2} \hfil} - -% The @error{} command. +% \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. -\def\tex{\begingroup +\envdef\tex{% \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 - \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie + \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie \catcode `\%=14 - \catcode 43=12 % plus - \catcode`\"=12 - \catcode`\==12 - \catcode`\|=12 - \catcode`\<=12 - \catcode`\>=12 + \catcode `\+=\other + \catcode `\"=\other + \catcode `\|=\other + \catcode `\<=\other + \catcode `\>=\other \escapechar=`\\ % \let\b=\ptexb @@ -3728,20 +4757,24 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \let\equiv=\ptexequiv \let\!=\ptexexclam \let\i=\ptexi + \let\indent=\ptexindent + \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent \let\{=\ptexlbrace \let\+=\tabalign \let\}=\ptexrbrace + \let\/=\ptexslash \let\*=\ptexstar \let\t=\ptext % \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% \def\@{@}% -\let\Etex=\endgroup} +} +% There is no need to define \Etex. -% Define @lisp ... @endlisp. -% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, -% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous). +% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. +% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, +% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in @@ -3751,30 +4784,29 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % have any width. \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} -% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword -% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this -% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input -% should produce a line of output anyway. -% -{\obeyspaces % -\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} - -% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is -% for use in \parsearg. -{\sepspaces% -\global\let\obeyedspace= } - % This space is always present above and below environments. \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the -% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip -% -\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip -\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount -\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}} +% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. +% +\def\aboveenvbreak{{% + % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and + % \sectionheading, q.v. + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else + \advance\envskipamount by \parskip + \endgraf + \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount + \removelastskip + % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak + % or better ... + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi + \vskip\envskipamount + \fi + \fi +}} \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak @@ -3802,54 +4834,54 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip -\long\def\cartouche{% -\begingroup - \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip - \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. - \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip - \advance\cartinner by-\rskip - \cartouter=\hsize - \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either -% side, and for 6pt waste from -% each corner char, and rule thickness - \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip - % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. - \let\nonarrowing=\comment - \vbox\bgroup - \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt - \carttop - \hbox\bgroup - \hskip\lskip - \vrule\kern3pt - \vbox\bgroup - \hsize=\cartinner - \kern3pt - \begingroup - \baselineskip=\normbskip - \lineskip=\normlskip - \parskip=\normpskip - \vskip -\parskip +\envdef\cartouche{% + \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. + \startsavinginserts + \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip + \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. + \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip + \advance\cartinner by-\rskip + \cartouter=\hsize + \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either + % side, and for 6pt waste from + % each corner char, and rule thickness + \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip + % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. + \let\nonarrowing=\comment + \vbox\bgroup + \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt + \carttop + \hbox\bgroup + \hskip\lskip + \vrule\kern3pt + \vbox\bgroup + \kern3pt + \hsize=\cartinner + \baselineskip=\normbskip + \lineskip=\normlskip + \parskip=\normpskip + \vskip -\parskip + \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. +} \def\Ecartouche{% - \endgroup - \kern3pt - \egroup - \kern3pt\vrule - \hskip\rskip - \egroup - \cartbot - \egroup -\endgroup -}} + \ifhmode\par\fi + \kern3pt + \egroup + \kern3pt\vrule + \hskip\rskip + \egroup + \cartbot + \egroup + \checkinserts +} % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, % inside a group. \def\nonfillstart{% \aboveenvbreak - \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. - \singlespace \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output \parskip = 0pt @@ -3860,114 +4892,99 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing - \let\exdent=\nofillexdent - \let\nonarrowing=\relax \fi + \let\exdent=\nofillexdent } -% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular -% environment, so the error checking in \end will work. +% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. +% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. +% This affects the following displayed environments: +% @example, @display, @format, @lisp % -% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via -% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep -% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be -% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after -% the environment. -% -\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup} +\def\smallword{small} +\def\nosmallword{nosmall} +\let\SETdispenvsize\relax +\def\setnormaldispenv{% + \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword + \smallexamplefonts \rm + \fi +} +\def\setsmalldispenv{% + \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword + \else + \smallexamplefonts \rm + \fi +} -% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font. -\def\lisp{\begingroup - \nonfillstart - \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish - \tt - \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. - \gobble % eat return +% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. +% Let's do it by one command: +\def\makedispenv #1#2{ + \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} + \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} + \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak + \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak } -% @example: Same as @lisp. -\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} +% Define two synonyms: +\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ + \makedispenv{#1}{#3} + \makedispenv{#2}{#3} +} -% @small... is usually equivalent to the non-small (@smallbook -% redefines). We must call \example (or whatever) last in the -% definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or -% whatever) command. -% -% This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an -% @smalldisplay. Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway. +% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. % -\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\display} -\def\smallexample{\begingroup\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} -\def\smallformat{\begingroup\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} -\def\smalllisp{\begingroup\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} - -% Real @smallexample and @smalllisp (when @smallbook): use smaller fonts. +% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. -\def\smalllispx{\begingroup - \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% - \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% - \indexfonts - \lisp -} - -% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font. % -\def\display{\begingroup +\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% \nonfillstart - \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish - \gobble + \tt + \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. + \gobble % eat return } -% @smalldisplay (when @smallbook): @display plus smaller fonts. +% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. % -\def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup - \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% - \indexfonts \rm - \display +\makedispenv {display}{% + \nonfillstart + \gobble } -% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins. +% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. % -\def\format{\begingroup - \let\nonarrowing = t +\makedispenv{format}{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart - \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish \gobble } -% @smallformat (when @smallbook): @format plus smaller fonts. -% -\def\smallformatx{\begingroup - \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% - \indexfonts \rm - \format +% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. +\envdef\flushleft{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \gobble } - -% @flushleft (same as @format). -% -\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} +\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak % @flushright. % -\def\flushright{\begingroup - \let\nonarrowing = t +\envdef\flushright{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart - \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill \gobble } +\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak + % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) -% and narrows the margins. +% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since +% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and +% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. % -\def\quotation{% - \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body +\envdef\quotation{% {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip - \singlespace \parindent=0pt - % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're - % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment... - \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}% % % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax @@ -3976,521 +4993,520 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi + \parsearg\quotationlabel } +% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're +% doing normal filling. +% +\def\Equotation{% + \par + \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else + % indent a bit. + \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% + \fi + {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% +} -\message{defuns,} -% Define formatter for defuns -% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally -\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} - -\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in -\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt -\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt -\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt - -\newcount\parencount -% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things. -% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in. -\def\activeparens{% -\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active -\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active} - -% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. -\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) +% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. +\def\quotationlabel#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + {\bf #1: }% + \fi +} -{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) -% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, -% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, -% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. -\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen -\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack - -\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } -\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} -% This is used to turn on special parens -% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active). -\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr} - -% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. -% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. -\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested - \global\advance\parencount by 1 -} +% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} +% If we want to allow any as delimiter, +% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: +% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org % -% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. -\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } +% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. % -\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. - % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. - \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi - \global\advance \parencount by -1 } -% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards -\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } -% -\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} -} % End of definition inside \activeparens -%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the -%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] -\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } -\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } -\def\ampnr{\&} -\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} -\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} - -% First, defname, which formats the header line itself. -% #1 should be the function name. -% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function". - -\def\defname #1#2{% -% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were -% outside the @def... -\dimen2=\leftskip -\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent -\noindent -\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}% -\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line -\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations -\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 -% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) -% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin, -% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking -{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, -% so that \rightline will obey them. -\advance \hsize by -\dimen2 -\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip -1.25pc }}}% -% Make all lines underfull and no complaints: -\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 -\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -{\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name -} - -% Actually process the body of a definition -% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun. -% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx. -% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header, -% such as \defunheader. - -\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup % -\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `=' -\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3} - -% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). -% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). -% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. -% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. -% -\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} - -% @deftypemethod has an extra argument that nothing else does. Sigh. -% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). -% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). -% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. -% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. -% #5 is the method's return type. -% -\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}} - -\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% -\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} - -% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones -% except that they do not make parens into active characters. -% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. - -\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup % -\catcode 61=\active % -\obeylines\spacesplit#3} - -% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody. It could probably be used for -% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals. -% -\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{% - \begingroup\inENV % - \medbreak % - % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies - % so that it will exit this group. - \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% - \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% - \parindent=0in - \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent - \begingroup\obeylines +% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets +% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a +% verbatim line. +\def\dospecials{% + \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% + \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% + \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% } - -\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% - \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \spacesplit{#3{#4}}% +% +% [Knuth] p. 380 +\def\uncatcodespecials{% + \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} +% +% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 +% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font +\begingroup + \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} +\endgroup +% +% Setup for the @verb command. +% +% Eight spaces for a tab +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} +\endgroup +% +\def\setupverb{% + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% + \catcode`\`=\active + \tabeightspaces + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces } -% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the -% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct -% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh. -% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody +% Setup for the @verbatim environment % -% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That -% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and -% won't strip off the braces. +% Real tab expansion +\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount % -\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {% - \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty +\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabexpand{% + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup + \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab + \divide\dimen0 by\tabw + \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw + \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw + \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox + }% + } +\endgroup +\def\setupverbatim{% + \nonfillstart + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \tt + \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% + \catcode`\`=\active + \tabexpand + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces + \everypar{\starttabbox}% } -% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the -% braces (if any). That's what this does. +% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique +% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a +% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: % -\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1} - -% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final -% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3 -% (which might be empty) the arguments. +% \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} % -\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{% - #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}% -}% - -\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% -\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} +% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} +\begingroup + \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other + \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] +\endgroup +% +\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} +% +% +% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that +% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: +% +% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} +% +% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, +% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': +% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. +% +% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] +% +\begingroup + \catcode`\ =\active + \obeylines % + % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end + % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank + % line in the output. + \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% + % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but + % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. +\endgroup +% +\envdef\verbatim{% + \setupverbatim\doverbatim +} +\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak -% Split up #2 at the first space token. -% call #1 with two arguments: -% the first is all of #2 before the space token, -% the second is all of #2 after that space token. -% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg -% and the second is passed as empty. -{\obeylines -\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}% -\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{% -\ifx\relax #3% -#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}} +% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. +% +\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} +% +\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \setupverbatim + \input #1 + \afterenvbreak + }% +} -% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions. +% @copying ... @end copying. +% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. +% +% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. +% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the +% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done +% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source +% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as +% possible is very desirable. +% +\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} +\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} +% +\def\insertcopying{% + \begingroup + \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page + \scanexp\copyingtext + \endgroup +} -% Define @defun. +\message{defuns,} +% @defun etc. -% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun -% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up +\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in +\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt +\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt -\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl -% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. -% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. -\hyphenchar\tensl=0 -#1% -\hyphenchar\tensl=45 -\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil -\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak +% Start the processing of @deffn: +\def\startdefun{% + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 + \medbreak + \else + % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, + % which is there to keep the function description together with its + % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a + % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted + % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning + % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow + % a break between a section heading and a defun. + % + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi + % + % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. + % But do insert the glue. + \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint + \fi + % + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent } -\def\deftypefunargs #1{% -% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. -% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. -% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special. -\boldbraxnoamp -\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil -\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak +\def\dodefunx#1{% + % First, check whether we are in the right environment: + \checkenv#1% + % + % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. + % It's not a great place, though. + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi + % + % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: + \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% } +\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} -% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. - -% @deffn Command forward-char nchars +% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} +% +\def\printdefunline#1#2{% + \begingroup + % call \deffnheader: + #1#2 \endheader + % common ending: + \interlinepenalty = 10000 + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil + \endgraf + \nobreak\vskip -\parskip + \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx + % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, + % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. + \checkparencounts + \endgroup +} -\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} +\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} -\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% -\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; +% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader. +% +\def\makedefun#1{% + \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun + \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun + \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% + \temp } -% @defun == @deffn Function +% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader +% +% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. +% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. +% +\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% + \envdef#1{% + \startdefun + \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% + }% + \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% + \def#3% +} -\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} +%%% Untyped functions: -\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}% -\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} +% @deffn category name args +\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} -% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) +% @deffn category class name args +\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} -\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} +% \defopon {category on}class name args +\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } -% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. -\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} -% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. -\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% -\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}% -\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args +% +\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% + % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% } -% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) +%%% Typed functions: -\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} +% @deftypefn category type name args +\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} -% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$ -% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null. -\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi} +% @deftypeop category class type name args +\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} -% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. -\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} -% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. -\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% -\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup -\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents -% at least some C++ text from working -\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}% -\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} +% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args +\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } -% @defmac == @deffn Macro +% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args +% +\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% +} -\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} +%%% Typed variables: -\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}% -\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} +% @deftypevr category type var args +\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} -% @defspec == @deffn Special Form +% @deftypecv category class type var args +\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} -\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} +% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args +\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } -\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}% -\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args +% +\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% + \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } -% This definition is run if you use @defunx -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. +%%% Untyped variables: -\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} -\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} -\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} -\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypemethodx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypefunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} +% @defvr category var args +\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } -% @defmethod, and so on +% @defcv category class var args +\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} -% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG... +% \defcvof {category of}class var args +\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } -\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% -\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} - -\def\defopheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{}\putwordon\ #1}% -\defunargs {#3}\endgroup % +%%% Type: +% @deftp category name args +\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% + \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% + \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% } -% @deftypemethod CLASS RETURN-TYPE METHOD ARG... +% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: +\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } +\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } +\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } +\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } +\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } +\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } +\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } +\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} +\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} +\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} +\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} + +% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). +% #1 is the category, such as "Function". +% #2 is the return type, if any. +% #3 is the function name. % -\def\deftypemethod{% - \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} +% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. % -% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args. -\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{% - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index - \begingroup - \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% - \deftypefunargs{#4}% - \endgroup +\def\defname#1#2#3{% + % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + % + % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps + % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line + % just below it. + \def\temp{#1}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} + % + % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. + % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, + % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: + \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip + % The continuations: + \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent + % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) + \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 + % + % Put the type name to the right margin. + \noindent + \hbox to 0pt{% + \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize + % \hsize has to be shortened this way: + \kern\leftskip + % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. + }% + % + % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: + \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + {% + % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: + % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. + % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's + % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in + % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. + % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. + % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no + % one has made identifiers using them :). + \df \tt + \def\temp{#2}% return value type + \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi + #3% output function name + }% + {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm + % + \boldbrax + % arguments will be output next, if any. } -% @defmethod == @defop Method +% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using +% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in +% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very +% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. % -\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} -% -% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args. -\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{% - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index - \begingroup - \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% - \defunargs{#3}% - \endgroup +\def\defunargs#1{% + % use sl by default (not ttsl), + % tt for the names. + \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 + % + % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we + % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. + \let\var=\ttslanted + #1% + \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 } -% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag - -\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% -\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} - -\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{}\putwordOf\ #1}% -\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % +% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. +% +\def\activeparens{% + \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active + \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active + \catcode`\&=\active } -% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable} +% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. +\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) -\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} +% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, +% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, +% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. +{ + \activeparens + \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen + \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack + \global\let& = \& -\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{\putwordDefivar\putwordOf\ #1}% -\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % + \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} + \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} } -% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc., -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc. - -\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} -\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} -\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} -\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} - -% Now @defvar - -% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. -% This is actually simple: just print them in roman. -% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up -\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak} - -% @defvr Counter foo-count - -\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} - -\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% -\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} - -% @defvar == @defvr Variable - -\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} +\newcount\parencount -\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}% -\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % +% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards +\newif\ifampseen +\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} + +\def\parenfont{% + \ifampseen + % At the first level, print parens in roman, + % otherwise use the default font. + \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi + \else + % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than + % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . + \sf + \fi } - -% @defopt == @defvr {User Option} - -\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} - -\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}% -\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % +\def\infirstlevel#1{% + \ifampseen + \ifnum\parencount=1 + #1% + \fi + \fi } +\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} -% @deftypevar int foobar - -\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} - -% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that -% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. -\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% -\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index -\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}% -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak -\endgroup} -\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}} - -% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable - -\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} - -\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax% -\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1} -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak -\endgroup} - -% This definition is run if you use @defvarx -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx. - -\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} -\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} -\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} - -% Now define @deftp -% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. - -\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} - -% @deftp Class window height width ... - -\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} - -\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% -\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} +\def\opnr{% + \global\advance\parencount by 1 + {\parenfont(}% + \infirstlevel \bfafterword +} +\def\clnr{% + {\parenfont)}% + \infirstlevel \sl + \global\advance\parencount by -1 +} -% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc -% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc. +\newcount\brackcount +\def\lbrb{% + \global\advance\brackcount by 1 + {\bf[}% +} +\def\rbrb{% + {\bf]}% + \global\advance\brackcount by -1 +} -\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} +\def\checkparencounts{% + \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi + \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi +} +\def\badparencount{% + \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}% + \global\parencount=0 +} +\def\badbrackcount{% + \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}% + \global\brackcount=0 +} \message{macros,} @@ -4499,34 +5515,58 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined - \newwrite\macscribble - \def\scanmacro#1{% - \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M - \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp - \immediate\write\macscribble{#1}% - \immediate\closeout\macscribble - \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces - \input \jobname.tmp - \endgroup -} -\else -\def\scanmacro#1{% -\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M -\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1}\endgroup} + \newwrite\macscribble + \def\scantokens#1{% + \toks0={#1}% + \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp + \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% + \immediate\closeout\macscribble + \input \jobname.tmp + } \fi +\def\scanmacro#1{% + \begingroup + \newlinechar`\^^M + \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces + % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex + % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active + % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had + % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears + % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 + \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ + % ... and \example + \spaceisspace + % + % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. + % + % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX + % --kasal, 29nov03 + \scantokens{#1\endinput}% + \endgroup +} + +\def\scanexp#1{% + \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% + \temp +} + \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters \newtoks\macname % Macro name \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? +\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form + % \do\macro1\do\macro2... % Utility routines. -% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames. +% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, +% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname +% (except of course we have to play expansion games). +% \def\cslet#1#2{% -\expandafter\expandafter -\expandafter\let -\expandafter\expandafter -\csname#1\endcsname -\csname#2\endcsname} + \expandafter\let + \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname + \csname#2\endcsname +} % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). @@ -4539,7 +5579,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi } % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. -{\catcode`\^^M=12\catcode`\Q=3% +{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% @@ -4553,30 +5593,36 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. +\def\scanctxt{% + \catcode`\"=\other + \catcode`\+=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\@=\other + \catcode`\^=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\~=\other +} + +\def\scanargctxt{% + \scanctxt + \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`\^^M=\other +} + \def\macrobodyctxt{% - \catcode`\~=12 - \catcode`\^=12 - \catcode`\_=12 - \catcode`\|=12 - \catcode`\<=12 - \catcode`\>=12 - \catcode`\+=12 - \catcode`\{=12 - \catcode`\}=12 - \catcode`\@=12 - \catcode`\^^M=12 - \usembodybackslash} + \scanctxt + \catcode`\{=\other + \catcode`\}=\other + \catcode`\^^M=\other + \usembodybackslash +} \def\macroargctxt{% - \catcode`\~=12 - \catcode`\^=12 - \catcode`\_=12 - \catcode`\|=12 - \catcode`\<=12 - \catcode`\>=12 - \catcode`\+=12 - \catcode`\@=12 - \catcode`\\=12} + \scanctxt + \catcode`\\=\other +} % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N @@ -4600,23 +5646,46 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \else \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% \fi - \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax - \cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% - \else + \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% + \else + \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax + \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi + \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% + % Add the macroname to \macrolist + \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% + \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% \fi \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody \else \expandafter\parsemacbody \fi} -\def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx} -\def\unmacroxxx#1{% - \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax - \errmessage{Macro \the\macname\ not defined.}% +\parseargdef\unmacro{% + \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname + \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% + \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% + % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax + \let\do\unmacrodo + \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% + \endgroup + \else + \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% + \fi +} + +% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any +% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. +% +\def\unmacrodo#1{% + \ifx#1\relax + % remove this \else - \cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% - \expandafter\let \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \undefined + \noexpand\do \noexpand #1% \fi } @@ -4675,15 +5744,16 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname} + \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter @@ -4699,7 +5769,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% @@ -4707,9 +5778,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname} + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter @@ -4733,8 +5804,42 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \expandafter\parsearg \fi \next} +% We want to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not +% expanded by \write. +\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% + \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} + +% For \indexnofonts, we need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the +% arguments (if present). Of course this is not nearly correct, but it +% is the best we can do for now. makeinfo does not expand macros in the +% argument to @deffn, which ends up writing an index entry, and texindex +% isn't prepared for an index sort entry that starts with \. +% +% Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them +% to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that +% goes to end-of-line is not handled. +% +\def\emptyusermacros{\begingroup + \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\noexpand\asis}% + \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} + + +% @alias. +% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal +% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} +\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} +\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% + {% + \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty + \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% + }% + \next +} + \message{cross references,} + \newwrite\auxfile \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. @@ -4745,53 +5850,70 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} -% @node's job is to define \lastnode. -\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} -\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]} -\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} +% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in +% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and +% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: +% @node foo , bar , ... +% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. +% +\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} +% +% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: +% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs +\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} +\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} + \let\nwnode=\node -\let\lastnode=\relax - -% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these. -\def\donoderef{% - \ifx\lastnode\relax\else - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% - {Ysectionnumberandtype}% - \global\let\lastnode=\relax - \fi -} -\def\unnumbnoderef{% - \ifx\lastnode\relax\else - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}% - \global\let\lastnode=\relax - \fi -} -\def\appendixnoderef{% - \ifx\lastnode\relax\else - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% - {Yappendixletterandtype}% - \global\let\lastnode=\relax +\let\lastnode=\empty + +% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the +% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). +% +\def\donoderef#1{% + \ifx\lastnode\empty\else + \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% + \global\let\lastnode=\empty \fi } - % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. % -\def\anchor#1{\setref{#1}{Ynothing}} - +\newcount\savesfregister +% +\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} +\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} +\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} -% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely -% NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT. Called from \foonoderef. We have -% to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title -% aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the -% first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do. +% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an +% anchor), which consists of three parts: +% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection, +% or the anchor name. +% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or +% empty for anchors. +% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. % -\def\setref#1#2{{% - \indexdummies - \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% - \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% - \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2} -}} +% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of +% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: +% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. +% +\def\setref#1#2{% + \pdfmkdest{#1}% + \iflinks + {% + \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them + \turnoffactive + \otherbackslash + \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% + \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef + ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef + }% + \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}% + \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% + \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. + \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout + }% + \fi +} % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed @@ -4802,122 +5924,158 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup + \unsepspaces \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% - \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% - \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% + \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax % Use the node name inside the square brackets. - \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. - \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else \ifhavexrefs % We know the real title if we have the xref values. - \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}% + \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% \else % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. - \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \fi% \fi \fi \fi % - % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not - % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will - % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals - % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this - % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it - % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}% - \else - % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the - % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand - % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of - % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the - % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. - {\normalturnoffactive - % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for - % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. - \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% - \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi + % Make link in pdf output. + \ifpdf + \leavevmode + \getfilename{#4}% + {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash + \ifnum\filenamelength>0 + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}% + \else + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}% + \fi }% - % [mynode], - [\printednodename],\space - % page 3 - \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% + \linkcolor + \fi + % + % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" + % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the + % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. + {% + % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to + % include an _ in the xref name, etc. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \otherbackslash + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle + \csname XR#1-title\endcsname + }% + \iffloat\Xthisreftitle + % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, + % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". + \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt + \refx{#1-snt}% + \else + \printedrefname + \fi + % + % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append + % "in MANUALNAME". + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% + \fi + \else + % node/anchor (non-float) references. + % + % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not + % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will + % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals + % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this + % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it + % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% + \else + % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the + % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand + % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of + % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the + % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. + {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash + % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for + % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. + \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% + \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi + }% + % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. + \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname + % + % But we always want a comma and a space: + ,\space + % + % output the `page 3'. + \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% + \fi \fi + \endlink \endgroup} -% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros - -% Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore -% and backslash work in node names. (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.) -\def\dosetq#1#2{% - {\let\folio=0 - \normalturnoffactive - \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}% - \iflinks - \next - \fi - }% -} - -% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into -% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...} -% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character - -\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} - -% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq - -\def\Ypagenumber{\folio} - -\def\Ytitle{\thissection} - -\def\Ynothing{} - -\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% -\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno % -\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno % -\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % -\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % -\else % -\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % -\fi \fi \fi } - -\def\Yappendixletterandtype{% -\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}% -\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno % -\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % -\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % -\else % -\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % -\fi \fi \fi } - -\gdef\xreftie{'tie} +% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref +% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, +% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly +% one that Bob is working on :). +% +\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} -% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error -% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. +% Things referred to by \setref. % -\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined - \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0. -\else - \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} -\fi +\def\Ynothing{} +\def\Yomitfromtoc{} +\def\Ynumbered{% + \ifnum\secno=0 + \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno + \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno + \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno + \else + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\Yappendix{% + \ifnum\secno=0 + \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% + \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno + \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno + \else + \putwordSection@tie + @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno + \fi\fi\fi +} % Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. - +% \def\refx#1#2{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax + {% + \indexnofonts + \otherbackslash + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX + \csname XR#1\endcsname + }% + \ifx\thisrefX\relax % If not defined, say something at least. \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright \iflinks @@ -4932,21 +6090,49 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \fi \else % It's defined, so just use it. - \csname X#1\endcsname + \thisrefX \fi #2% Output the suffix in any case. } -% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. +% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's +% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid +% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. % -\def\xrdef#1{\begingroup - % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument. - \catcode`\\ = 0 - \afterassignment\endgroup - \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname +\def\xrdef#1#2{% + \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value. + % + % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? + \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname + % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. + \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist + \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname + % + % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? + \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax + \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do + \else + % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. + \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% + \fi + % + % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, + % for later use in \listoffloats. + \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}% + \fi } % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. +% +\def\tryauxfile{% + \openin 1 \jobname.aux + \ifeof 1 \else + \readauxfile + \global\havexrefstrue + \fi + \closein 1 +} + \def\readauxfile{\begingroup \catcode`\^^@=\other \catcode`\^^A=\other @@ -4975,9 +6161,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \catcode`\^^]=\other \catcode`\^^^=\other \catcode`\^^_=\other - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\^=\other - % It was suggested to define this as 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. + % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ @@ -4990,6 +6174,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. % + \catcode`\^=\other + % + % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\[=\other \catcode`\]=\other @@ -5001,8 +6188,19 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \catcode`\$=\other \catcode`\#=\other \catcode`\&=\other + \catcode`\%=\other \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off - % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters + % + % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ + % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than + % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ + % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* + % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that + % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for + % now. --karl, 15jan04. + \catcode`\\=\other + % + % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. {% \count 1=128 \def\loop{% @@ -5011,31 +6209,18 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi }% }% - % The aux file uses ' as the escape (for now). - % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on - % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. - % For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ - % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, - % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. + % + % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 - \catcode`\%=\other - \catcode`\'=0 - \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`\@=0 % - \openin 1 \jobname.aux - \ifeof 1 \else - \closein 1 - \input \jobname.aux - \global\havexrefstrue - \global\warnedobstrue - \fi - % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. - \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux + \input \jobname.aux \endgroup} -% Footnotes. +\message{insertions,} +% including footnotes. \newcount \footnoteno @@ -5049,37 +6234,39 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment -\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote - {\catcode `\@=11 % % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. \gdef\footnote{% + \let\indent=\ptexindent + \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% % % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. \let\@sf\empty - \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi + \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi % % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. \unskip \thisfootno\@sf - \footnotezzz + \dofootnote }% % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. % -% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses -% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when +% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses +% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. % -\long\gdef\footnotezzz{\insert\footins\bgroup +\gdef\dofootnote{% + \insert\footins\bgroup % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. % So reset some parameters. + \hsize=\pagewidth \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox @@ -5090,8 +6277,17 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \xspaceskip\z@skip \parindent\defaultparindent % - % Hang the footnote text off the number. - \hang + \smallfonts \rm + % + % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears + % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use + % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote + % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). + \let\noindent = \relax + % + % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the + % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. + \everypar = {\hang}% \textindent{\thisfootno}% % % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this @@ -5100,66 +6296,68 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \footstrut \futurelet\next\fo@t } -\def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t - \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next} -\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next} -\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot} -\def\@foot{\strut\egroup} - }%end \catcode `\@=11 -% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size -% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers -% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. -% -\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} -\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} -\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} +% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create +% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion +% would be lost. +% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote +% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. +% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. + +% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. +% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled +% out prematurely. % -\def\setleading#1{% - \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax - \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip - \normalbaselines - \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% - \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip - depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip - }% +\def\startsavinginserts{% + \ifx \insert\ptexinsert + \let\insert\saveinsert + \else + \let\checkinserts\relax + \fi } -% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should -% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the -% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would -% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main -% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). +% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and +% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. % -\def\|{% - % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. - \leavevmode - % - % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. - \vadjust{% - % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current - % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. - \vskip-\baselineskip - % - % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So - % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. - \llap{% - % - % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. - \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt - % - % This is the space between the bar and the text. - \hskip 12pt - }% - }% +\def\saveinsert#1{% + \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% + \afterassignment\next + % swallow the left brace + \let\temp = } +\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} +\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} + +\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} + +\def\placesaveins#1{% + \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname + {\box#1}% +} + +% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: +{ + \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) + \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} +} + +% initialization: +\def\newsaveins #1{% + \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% + \next +} +\def\newsaveinsX #1{% + \csname newbox\endcsname #1% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts + \checksaveins #1}% +} + +% initialize: +\let\checkinserts\empty +\newsaveins\footins +\newsaveins\margin -% For a final copy, take out the rectangles -% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided -% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). -% -\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. @@ -5169,59 +6367,363 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % undone and the next image would fail. \openin 1 = epsf.tex \ifeof 1 \else - \closein 1 - % Do not bother showing banner with post-v2.7 epsf.tex (available in - % doc/epsf.tex until it shows up on ctan). + % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in + % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% \input epsf.tex \fi +\closein 1 % +% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} % -% Only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \def\image#1{% - \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined - \ifx\epsfbox\undefined - \ifwarnednoepsf \else - \errhelp = \noepsfhelp - \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% - \global\warnednoepsftrue - \fi - \else - \imagexxx #1,,,\finish + \ifx\epsfbox\undefined + \ifwarnednoepsf \else + \errhelp = \noepsfhelp + \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% + \global\warnednoepsftrue \fi \else - \centerline{\pdfimage #1.pdf}% + \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish \fi } % % Arguments to @image: % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. -% #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. -\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% - % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi +% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. +% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. +% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. +\newif\ifimagevmode +\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup + \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example + \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names % If the image is by itself, center it. \ifvmode - \nobreak\medskip + \imagevmodetrue + \nobreak\bigskip + % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert + % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space + % above and below. + \nobreak\vskip\parskip \nobreak - \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}% - \bigbreak + \line\bgroup\hss + \fi + % + % Output the image. + \ifpdf + \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% \else - % In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space. + % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi \epsfbox{#1.eps}% \fi + % + \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image +\endgroup} + + +% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, +% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the +% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. +% +\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} + +% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. +\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} + +% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically +% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, +% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. +% +% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to +% be referable. +% +% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It +% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). +% +% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each +% chapter-level command. +\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty +% +\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% + \let\thiscaption=\empty + \let\thisshortcaption=\empty + % + % don't lose footnotes inside @float. + % + % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an + % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 + % + \startsavinginserts + % + % We can't be used inside a paragraph. + \par + % + \vtop\bgroup + \def\floattype{#1}% + \def\floatlabel{#2}% + \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. + % + \ifx\floattype\empty + \let\safefloattype=\empty + \else + {% + % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, + % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% + }% + \fi + % + % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, + % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) + % + \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname + \global\advance\floatno by 1 + % + {% + % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the + % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float + % labels (which have a completely different output format) from + % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the + % lists of floats. + % + \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% + \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% + }% + \fi + % + % start with \parskip glue, I guess. + \vskip\parskip + % + % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. + \restorefirstparagraphindent +} + +% we have these possibilities: +% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap +% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 +% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap +% @float Foo & no caption: Foo +% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap +% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 +% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap +% @float & no caption: +% +\def\Efloat{% + \let\floatident = \empty + % + % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. + \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi + % + % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. + \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% + \fi + % the number. + \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% + \fi + % + % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in + % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. + \let\captionline = \floatident + % + \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else + \ifx\floatident\empty \else + \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between + \fi + % + % caption text. + \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% + \fi + % + % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. + % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. + \ifx\captionline\empty \else + \vskip.5\parskip + \captionline + % + % Space below caption. + \vskip\parskip + \fi + % + % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this + % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as + % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short + % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. + {% + \atdummies \turnoffactive \otherbackslash + % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M + % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so + % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. + \scanexp{% + \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% + \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty + \thiscaption + \else + \thisshortcaption + \fi + }% + }% + \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident + \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% + }% + \fi + \egroup % end of \vtop + % + % place the captured inserts + % + % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an + % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 + % + \checkinserts +} + +% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. +% +\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% +} + +% @caption, @shortcaption +% +\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} +\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} +\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} +\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} + +% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are +% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. +\def\getfloatno#1{% + \ifx#1\relax + % Haven't seen this figure type before. + \csname newcount\endcsname #1% + % + % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. + \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos + \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% + \fi + \let\floatno#1% +} + +% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref +% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we +% first read the @float command. +% +\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% + +% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can +% distinguish floats from other xref types. +\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} + +% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional +% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic +% \thissection value which we \setref above. +% +\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} +% +% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the +% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. +% +\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \def\iffloattype{#2}% + \ifx\temp\floatmagic +} + +% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. +% +\parseargdef\listoffloats{% + \def\floattype{#1}% floattype + {% + % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, + % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% + }% + % + % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. + \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax + \ifhavexrefs + % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. + \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% + \fi + \else + \begingroup + \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc + \let\do=\listoffloatsdo + \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname + \endgroup + \fi +} + +% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the +% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the +% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which +% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. +% +% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since +% they won't appear in the aux file). +% +\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} +\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% + % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just + % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the + % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link + % in pdf output. + \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% + % + % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. + \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% + \writeentry +}} + +\message{localization,} +% and i18n. + +% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after +% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything +% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. +% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. +% +\parseargdef\documentlanguage{% + \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. + % Read the file if it exists. + \openin 1 txi-#1.tex + \ifeof 1 + \errhelp = \nolanghelp + \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% + \else + \input txi-#1.tex + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup } +\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or +is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory +should work if nowhere else does.} + +% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most +% likely, but for now just recognize it. +\let\documentencoding = \comment -\message{paper sizes,} -% And other related parameters. +% Page size parameters. +% \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt @@ -5241,24 +6743,25 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on -% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. We -% call this whenever the paper size is set. +% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. % \def\setemergencystretch{% \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% \else - \emergencystretch = \hsize - \divide\emergencystretch by 45 + \emergencystretch = .15\hsize \fi } % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset; -% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip. Then whoever calls us can -% set \parskip and call \setleading for \baselineskip. +% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8) +% physical page width. +% +% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define +% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. % -\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{% +\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% \voffset = #3\relax \topskip = #6\relax \splittopskip = \topskip @@ -5277,6 +6780,13 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \normaloffset = #4\relax \bindingoffset = #5\relax % + \ifpdf + \pdfpageheight #7\relax + \pdfpagewidth #8\relax + \fi + % + \setleading{\textleading} + % \parindent = \defaultparindent \setemergencystretch } @@ -5284,82 +6794,129 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % @letterpaper (the default). \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \setleading{13.2pt}% + \textleading = 13.2pt % % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. - \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{36pt}% + \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}% + {\voffset}{.25in}% + {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% + {11in}{8.5in}% }} % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format. \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt - \setleading{12pt}% + \textleading = 12pt % - \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5.in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{16pt}% + \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% + {\voffset}{.25in}% + {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% + {9.25in}{7in}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.3in \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \deftypemargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .5cm - % - \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx - \let\smallexample = \smalllispx - \let\smallformat = \smallformatx - \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx }} % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \setleading{12pt}% \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \textleading = 13.2pt % - \internalpagesizes{53\baselineskip}{160mm}{\voffset}{4mm}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 + % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. + % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust + % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then + % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in + % your texinfo source file like this: + % @tex + % \global\normaloffset = -6mm + % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm + % @end tex + \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm} + {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + {297mm}{210mm}% % \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = 5mm }} -% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin -% 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm. -\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 - \setleading{13.6pt}% +% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. +% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. +% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. +\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt + \textleading = 12.5pt % + \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% + {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% + {210mm}{148mm}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.2in + \tolerance = 800 + \hfuzz = 1.2pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = 2mm + \tableindent = 12mm +}} + +% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. +\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}% + \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% + {\voffset}{4.6mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + {297mm}{210mm}% % + % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. \globaldefs = 0 }} -% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format. -\def\afourwide{% +% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. +\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - % + \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% + {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + {297mm}{210mm}% \globaldefs = 0 -} +}} % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. % -\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx} -\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} +\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi \globaldefs = 1 % \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \setleading{13.2pt}% + \setleading{\textleading}% % - \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}{\voffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + \dimen0 = #1 + \advance\dimen0 by \voffset + % + \dimen2 = \hsize + \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset + % + \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% + {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% }} % Set default to letter. % \letterpaper + \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. @@ -5371,6 +6928,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\+=\other +\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} \def\normaltilde{~} \def\normalcaret{^} @@ -5379,9 +6937,10 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\normalless{<} \def\normalgreater{>} \def\normalplus{+} +\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix -% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont -% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, +% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt +% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, % where something hairier probably needs to be done. % % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print @@ -5389,7 +6948,13 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. % -\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} +\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches +% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from +% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway +% this is not a problem. +\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Turn off all special characters except @ % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). @@ -5408,7 +6973,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} % Subroutine for the previous macro. -\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}} +\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } \catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} @@ -5420,15 +6985,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def>{{\tt \gtr}} \catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} -%\catcode 27=\active -%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$} - -% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. -{\catcode`\==\active -\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} - -\catcode`+=\active -\catcode`\_=\active +\catcode`\$=\active +\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. @@ -5438,45 +6996,48 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \catcode`\@=0 -% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font -\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ -%{\catcode`\\=\other -%@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}} +% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, +% as in \char`\\. +\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ +\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work -% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx. +% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. +% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with +% catcode other. {\catcode`\\=\active -@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }} + @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} + @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} +} -% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. -\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} +% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. +{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} -% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. -\escapechar=`\@ +% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. +\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\backslashcurfont}} -% \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q \catcode`\\=\active % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters % even after parsing them. -@def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote -@let\=@realbackslash -@let~=@normaltilde -@let^=@normalcaret -@let_=@normalunderscore -@let|=@normalverticalbar -@let<=@normalless -@let>=@normalgreater -@let+=@normalplus} - -@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote -@let\=@normalbackslash -@let~=@normaltilde -@let^=@normalcaret -@let_=@normalunderscore -@let|=@normalverticalbar -@let<=@normalless -@let>=@normalgreater -@let+=@normalplus} +@def@turnoffactive{% + @let"=@normaldoublequote + @let\=@realbackslash + @let~=@normaltilde + @let^=@normalcaret + @let_=@normalunderscore + @let|=@normalverticalbar + @let<=@normalless + @let>=@normalgreater + @let+=@normalplus + @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix + @unsepspaces +} + +% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of +% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in +% effect.) +% +@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash} % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. % This is canceled by @fixbackslash. @@ -5495,20 +7056,31 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. % -@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi - @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active} +@gdef@fixbackslash{% + @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi + @catcode`+=@active + @catcode`@_=@active +} -% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below -% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10 -@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other +% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. +@escapechar = `@@ + +% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. +@catcode`@& = @other +@catcode`@# = @other +@catcode`@% = @other -@textfonts -@rm @c Local variables: @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" -@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" @c time-stamp-end: "}" @c End: + +@c vim:sw=2: + +@ignore + arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 +@end ignore diff --git a/doc/version.texi b/doc/version.texi new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8aacf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/version.texi @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +@set UPDATED 3 December 2001 +@set UPDATED-MONTH December 2001 +@set EDITION 4.0 +@set VERSION 4.0 diff --git a/elisp-comp b/elisp-comp new file mode 100755 index 0000000..7efb6f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/elisp-comp @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +scriptversion=2004-09-10.20 + +# Franc,ois Pinard , 1995. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to or send patches to +# . + +case $1 in + '') + echo "$0: No files. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1; + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<\EOF +Usage: elisp-comp [--help] [--version] FILES... + +This script byte-compiles all `.el' files listed as FILES using GNU +Emacs, and put the resulting `.elc' files into the current directory, +so disregarding the original directories used in `.el' arguments. + +This script manages in such a way that all Emacs LISP files to +be compiled are made visible between themselves, in the event +they require or load-library one another. + +Report bugs to . +EOF + exit 0 + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "elisp-comp $scriptversion" + exit 0 + ;; +esac + +if test -z "$EMACS" || test "$EMACS" = "t"; then + # Value of "t" means we are running in a shell under Emacs. + # Just assume Emacs is called "emacs". + EMACS=emacs +fi + +tempdir=elc.$$ + +# Cleanup the temporary directory on exit. +trap 'ret=$?; rm -rf "$tempdir" && exit $ret' 0 +trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 + +mkdir $tempdir +cp "$@" $tempdir + +( + cd $tempdir + echo "(setq load-path (cons nil load-path))" > script + $EMACS -batch -q -l script -f batch-byte-compile *.el || exit $? + mv *.elc .. +) || exit $? + +(exit 0); exit + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-end: "$" +# End: diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog index ac46ff0..7512919 100644 --- a/intl/ChangeLog +++ b/intl/ChangeLog @@ -1,1091 +1,4 @@ -1998-10-05 Jim Meyering +2004-01-29 GNU - * Makefile.in (uninstall): Uninstall only if the current package is - gettext. From Akim Demaille. + * Version 0.14.1 released. -1998-04-29 Ulrich Drepper - - * intl/localealias.c (read_alias_file): Use unsigned char for - local variables. Remove unused variable tp. - * intl/l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): Use unsigned char * - for type of codeset. For loosing Solaris systems. - * intl/loadinfo.h: Adapt prototype of _nl_normalize_codeset. - * intl/bindtextdom.c (BINDTEXTDOMAIN): Don't define local variable - len if not needed. - Patches by Jim Meyering. - -1998-04-28 Ulrich Drepper - - * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Don't assign the element use_mmap if - mmap is not supported. - - * hash-string.h: Don't include . - -1998-04-27 Ulrich Drepper - - * textdomain.c: Use strdup is available. - - * localealias.c: Define HAVE_MEMPCPY so that we can use this - function. Define and use semapahores to protect modfication of - global objects when compiling for glibc. Add code to allow - freeing alias table. - - * l10nflist.c: Don't assume stpcpy not being a macro. - - * gettextP.h: Define internal_function macri if not already done. - Use glibc byte-swap macros instead of defining SWAP when compiled - for glibc. - (struct loaded_domain): Add elements to allow unloading. - - * Makefile.in (distclean): Don't remove libintl.h here. - - * bindtextdomain.c: Carry over changes from glibc. Use strdup if - available. - - * dcgettext.c: Don't assume stpcpy not being a macro. Mark internal - functions. Add memory freeing code for glibc. - - * dgettext.c: Update copyright. - - * explodename.c: Include stdlib.h and string.h only if they exist. - Use strings.h eventually. - - * finddomain.c: Mark internal functions. Use strdup if available. - Add memory freeing code for glibc. - -1997-10-10 20:00 Ulrich Drepper - - * libgettext.h: Fix dummy textdomain and bindtextdomain macros. - They should return reasonable values. - Reported by Tom Tromey . - -1997-09-16 03:33 Ulrich Drepper - - * libgettext.h: Define PARAMS also to `args' if __cplusplus is defined. - * intlh.inst.in: Likewise. - Reported by Jean-Marc Lasgouttes . - - * libintl.glibc: Update from current glibc version. - -1997-09-06 02:10 Ulrich Drepper - - * intlh.inst.in: Reformat copyright. - -1997-08-19 15:22 Ulrich Drepper - - * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Remove wrong comment. - -1997-08-16 00:13 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (install-data): Don't change directory to install. - -1997-08-01 14:30 Ulrich Drepper - - * cat-compat.c: Fix copyright. - - * localealias.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR. - - * loadmsgcat.c: Update copyright. Fix typos. - - * l10nflist.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR. - (_nl_make_l10nflist): Handle sponsor and revision correctly. - - * gettext.c: Update copyright. - * gettext.h: Likewise. - * hash-string.h: Likewise. - - * finddomain.c: Remoave dead code. Define strchr only if - !HAVE_STRCHR. - - * explodename.c: Include . - - * explodename.c: Reformat copyright text. - (_nl_explode_name): Fix typo. - - * dcgettext.c: Define and use __set_errno. - (guess_category_value): Don't use setlocale if HAVE_LC_MESSAGES is - not defined. - - * bindtextdom.c: Pretty printing. - -1997-05-01 02:25 Ulrich Drepper - - * dcgettext.c (guess_category_value): Don't depend on - HAVE_LC_MESSAGES. We don't need the macro here. - Patch by Bruno Haible . - - * cat-compat.c (textdomain): DoN't refer to HAVE_SETLOCALE_NULL - macro. Instead use HAVE_LOCALE_NULL and define it when using - glibc, as in dcgettext.c. - Patch by Bruno Haible . - - * Makefile.in (CPPFLAGS): New variable. Reported by Franc,ois - Pinard. - -Mon Mar 10 06:51:17 1997 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in: Implement handling of libtool. - - * gettextP.h: Change data structures for use of generic lowlevel - i18n file handling. - -Wed Dec 4 20:21:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * textdomain.c: Put parentheses around arguments of memcpy macro - definition. - * localealias.c: Likewise. - * l10nflist.c: Likewise. - * finddomain.c: Likewise. - * bindtextdom.c: Likewise. - Reported by Thomas Esken. - -Mon Nov 25 22:57:51 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * textdomain.c: Move definition of `memcpy` macro to right - position. - -Fri Nov 22 04:01:58 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * finddomain.c [!HAVE_STRING_H && !_LIBC]: Define memcpy using - bcopy if not already defined. Reported by Thomas Esken. - * bindtextdom.c: Likewise. - * l10nflist.c: Likewise. - * localealias.c: Likewise. - * textdomain.c: Likewise. - -Tue Oct 29 11:10:27 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (libdir): Change to use exec_prefix instead of - prefix. Reported by Knut-HåvardAksnes . - -Sat Aug 31 03:07:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): We convert to lower case, - so don't prepend uppercase `ISO' for only numeric arg. - -Fri Jul 19 00:15:46 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * l10nflist.c: Move inclusion of argz.h, ctype.h, stdlib.h after - definition of _GNU_SOURCE. Patch by Roland McGrath. - - * Makefile.in (uninstall): Fix another bug with `for' loop and - empty arguments. Patch by Jim Meyering. Correct name os - uninstalled files: no intl- prefix anymore. - - * Makefile.in (install-data): Again work around shells which - cannot handle mpty for list. Reported by Jim Meyering. - -Sat Jul 13 18:11:35 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (install): Split goal. Now depend on install-exec - and install-data. - (install-exec, install-data): New goals. Created from former - install goal. - Reported by Karl Berry. - -Sat Jun 22 04:58:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (MKINSTALLDIRS): New variable. Path to - mkinstalldirs script. - (install): use MKINSTALLDIRS variable or if the script is not present - try to find it in the $top_scrdir). - -Wed Jun 19 02:56:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * l10nflist.c: Linux libc *partly* includes the argz_* functions. - Grr. Work around by renaming the static version and use macros - for renaming. - -Tue Jun 18 20:11:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * l10nflist.c: Correct presence test macros of __argz_* functions. - - * l10nflist.c: Include based on test of it instead when - __argz_* functions are available. - Reported by Andreas Schwab. - -Thu Jun 13 15:17:44 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * explodename.c, l10nflist.c: Define NULL for dumb systems. - -Tue Jun 11 17:05:13 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h (dcgettext): Rename local variable - result to __result to prevent name clash. - - * l10nflist.c, localealias.c, dcgettext.c: Define _GNU_SOURCE to - get prototype for stpcpy and strcasecmp. - - * intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h: Move declaration of - `_nl_msg_cat_cntr' outside __extension__ block to prevent warning - from gcc's -Wnested-extern option. - -Fri Jun 7 01:58:00 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (install): Remove comment. - -Thu Jun 6 17:28:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (install): Work around for another Buglix stupidity. - Always use an `else' close for `if's. Reported by Nelson Beebe. - - * Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Correct typo in phony rule. - Reported by Nelson Beebe. - -Thu Jun 6 01:49:52 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * dcgettext.c (read_alias_file): Rename variable alloca_list to - block_list as the macro calls assume. - Patch by Eric Backus. - - * localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define alloca as macro using - malloc. - (read_alias_file): Rename varriabe alloca_list to block_list as the - macro calls assume. - Patch by Eric Backus. - - * l10nflist.c: Correct conditional for inclusion. - Reported by Roland McGrath. - - * Makefile.in (all): Depend on all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@, not - all-@USE_NLS@. - - * Makefile.in (install): intlh.inst comes from local dir, not - $(srcdir). - - * Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Special handling of this goal. If - used in gettext, this is really a rul to construct this file. If - used in any other package it is defined as a .PHONY rule with - empty body. - - * finddomain.c: Extract locale file information handling into - l10nfile.c. Rename local stpcpy__ function to stpcpy. - - * dcgettext.c (stpcpy): Add local definition. - - * l10nflist.c: Solve some portability problems. Patches partly by - Thomas Esken. Add local definition of stpcpy. - -Tue Jun 4 02:47:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * intlh.inst.in: Don't depend including on - HAVE_LOCALE_H. Instead configure must rewrite this fiile - depending on the result of the configure run. - - * Makefile.in (install): libintl.inst is now called intlh.inst. - Add rules for updating intlh.inst from intlh.inst.in. - - * libintl.inst: Renamed to intlh.inst.in. - - * localealias.c, dcgettext.c [__GNUC__]: Define HAVE_ALLOCA to 1 - because gcc has __buitlin_alloca. - Reported by Roland McGrath. - -Mon Jun 3 00:32:16 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (installcheck): New goal to fulfill needs of - automake's distcheck. - - * Makefile.in (install): Reorder commands so that VERSION is - found. - - * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Now use subdirectory intl/ in - @datadir@/gettext. - (COMSRCS): Add l10nfile.c. - (OBJECTS): Add l10nfile.o. - (DISTFILES): Rename to DISTFILE.normal. Remove $(DISTFILES.common). - (DISTFILE.gettext): Remove $(DISTFILES.common). - (all-gettext): Remove goal. - (install): If $(PACKAGE) = gettext install, otherwose do nothing. No - package but gettext itself should install libintl.h + headers. - (dist): Extend goal to work for gettext, too. - (dist-gettext): Remove goal. - - * dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define macro alloca by using malloc. - -Sun Jun 2 17:33:06 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Parameter is now comes from - find_l10nfile. - -Sat Jun 1 02:23:03 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * l10nflist.c (__argz_next): Add definition. - - * dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing alloca - code. Use new l10nfile handling. - - * localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing - alloca code. - - * l10nflist.c: Initial revision. - -Tue Apr 2 18:51:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (all-gettext): New goal. Same as all-yes. - -Thu Mar 28 23:01:22 1996 Karl Eichwalder - - * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Define using @datadir@. - -Tue Mar 26 12:39:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * finddomain.c: Include . Reported by Roland McGrath. - -Sat Mar 23 02:00:35 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * finddomain.c (stpcpy): Rename to stpcpy__ to prevent clashing - with external declaration. - -Sat Mar 2 00:47:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (all-no): Rename from all_no. - -Sat Feb 17 00:25:59 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * gettextP.h [loaded_domain]: Array `successor' must now contain up - to 63 elements (because of codeset name normalization). - - * finddomain.c: Implement codeset name normalization. - -Thu Feb 15 04:39:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (all): Define to `all-@USE_NLS@'. - (all-yes, all_no): New goals. `all-no' is noop, `all-yes' - is former all. - -Mon Jan 15 21:46:01 1996 Howard Gayle - - * localealias.c (alias_compare): Increment string pointers in loop - of strcasecmp replacement. - -Fri Dec 29 21:16:34 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (install-src): Who commented this goal out ? :-) - -Fri Dec 29 15:08:16 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Save `errno'. Failing system calls - should not effect it because a missing catalog is no error. - Reported by Harald Knig . - -Tue Dec 19 22:09:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (Makefile): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running - shell scripts. - -Fri Dec 15 17:34:59 1995 Andreas Schwab - - * Makefile.in (install-src): Only install library and header when - we use the own implementation. Don't do it when using the - system's gettext or catgets functions. - - * dcgettext.c (find_msg): Must not swap domain->hash_size here. - -Sat Dec 9 16:24:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * localealias.c, libintl.inst, libgettext.h, hash-string.h, - gettextP.h, finddomain.c, dcgettext.c, cat-compat.c: - Use PARAMS instead of __P. Suggested by Roland McGrath. - -Tue Dec 5 11:39:14 1995 Larry Schwimmer - - * libgettext.h: Use `#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H)' instead of `#if - !_LIBINTL_H' because Solaris defines _LIBINTL_H as empty. - -Mon Dec 4 15:42:07 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (install-src): - Install libintl.inst instead of libintl.h.install. - -Sat Dec 2 22:51:38 1995 Marcus Daniels - - * cat-compat.c (textdomain): - Reverse order in which files are tried you load. First - try local file, when this failed absolute path. - -Wed Nov 29 02:03:53 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe - - * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): Add missing { }. - -Sun Nov 26 18:21:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * libintl.inst: Add missing __P definition. Reported by Nelson Beebe. - - * Makefile.in: - Add dummy `all' and `dvi' goals. Reported by Tom Tromey. - -Sat Nov 25 16:12:01 1995 Franc,ois Pinard - - * hash-string.h: Capitalize arguments of macros. - -Sat Nov 25 12:01:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Prevent files names longer than 13 - characters. libintl.h.glibc->libintl.glibc, - libintl.h.install->libintl.inst. Reported by Joshua R. Poulson. - -Sat Nov 25 11:31:12 1995 Eric Backus - - * dcgettext.c: Fix bug in preprocessor conditionals. - -Sat Nov 25 02:35:27 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe - - * libgettext.h: Solaris cc does not understand - #if !SYMBOL1 && !SYMBOL2. Sad but true. - -Thu Nov 23 16:22:14 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * hash-string.h (hash_string): - Fix for machine with >32 bit `unsigned long's. - - * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): - Fix horrible bug in loop for alternative translation. - -Thu Nov 23 01:45:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * po2tbl.sed.in, linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: - Some further simplifications in message number generation. - -Mon Nov 20 21:08:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * libintl.h.glibc: Use __const instead of const in prototypes. - - * Makefile.in (install-src): - Install libintl.h.install instead of libintl.h. This - is a stripped-down version. Suggested by Peter Miller. - - * libintl.h.install, libintl.h.glibc: Initial revision. - - * localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias, read_alias_file): - Protect prototypes in type casts by __P. - -Tue Nov 14 16:43:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * hash-string.h: Correct prototype for hash_string. - -Sun Nov 12 12:42:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * hash-string.h (hash_string): Add prototype. - - * gettextP.h: Fix copyright. - (SWAP): Add prototype. - -Wed Nov 8 22:56:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * localealias.c (read_alias_file): Forgot sizeof. - Avoid calling *printf function. This introduces a big overhead. - Patch by Roland McGrath. - -Tue Nov 7 14:21:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * finddomain.c, cat-compat.c: Wrong indentation in #if for stpcpy. - - * finddomain.c (stpcpy): - Define substitution function local. The macro was to flaky. - - * cat-compat.c: Fix typo. - - * xopen-msg.sed, linux-msg.sed: - While bringing message number to right place only accept digits. - - * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Now that the counter does not have - leading 0s we don't need to remove them. Reported by Marcus - Daniels. - - * Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o): Use $(top_srdir) in - dependency. Reported by Marcus Daniels. - - * cat-compat.c: (stpcpy) [!_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY]: Define replacement. - Generally cleanup using #if instead of #ifndef. - - * Makefile.in: Correct typos in comment. By Franc,ois Pinard. - -Mon Nov 6 00:27:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (install-src): Don't install libintl.h and libintl.a - if we use an available gettext implementation. - -Sun Nov 5 22:02:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * libgettext.h: Fix typo: HAVE_CATGETTS -> HAVE_CATGETS. Reported - by Franc,ois Pinard. - - * libgettext.h: Use #if instead of #ifdef/#ifndef. - - * finddomain.c: - Comments describing what has to be done should start with FIXME. - -Sun Nov 5 19:38:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Split. Use DISTFILES with normal meaning. - DISTFILES.common names the files common to both dist goals. - DISTFILES.gettext are the files only distributed in GNU gettext. - -Sun Nov 5 17:32:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Correct searching in derived locales. - This was necessary since a change in _nl_find_msg several weeks - ago. I really don't know this is still not fixed. - -Sun Nov 5 12:43:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Test for FILENAME == NULL. This - might mark a special condition. - - * finddomain.c (make_entry_rec): Don't make illegal entry as decided. - - * Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed. - Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly. - - * libgettext.h (gettext_const): Rename to gettext_noop. - -Fri Nov 3 07:36:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * finddomain.c (make_entry_rec): - Protect against wrong locale names by testing mask. - - * libgettext.h (gettext_const): Add macro definition. - Capitalize macro arguments. - -Thu Nov 2 23:15:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): - Test for pointer != NULL before accessing value. - Reported by Tom Tromey. - - * gettext.c (NULL): - Define as (void*)0 instad of 0. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. - -Mon Oct 30 21:28:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * po2tbl.sed.in: Serious typo bug fixed by Jim Meyering. - -Sat Oct 28 23:20:47 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * libgettext.h: Disable dcgettext optimization for Solaris 2.3. - - * localealias.c (alias_compare): - Peter Miller reported that tolower in some systems is - even dumber than I thought. Protect call by `isupper'. - -Fri Oct 27 22:22:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (libdir, includedir): New variables. - (install-src): Install libintl.a and libintl.h in correct dirs. - -Fri Oct 27 22:07:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Fix typo: intrl.compat.c -> intl-compat.c. - - * po2tbl.sed.in: Patch for buggy SEDs by Christian von Roques. - - * localealias.c: - Fix typo and superflous test. Reported by Christian von Roques. - -Fri Oct 6 11:52:05 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): - Correct some remainder from the pre-CEN syntax. Now - we don't have a constant number of successors anymore. - -Wed Sep 27 21:41:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add libintl.h.glibc. - - * Makefile.in (dist-libc): Add goal for packing sources for glibc. - (COMSRCS, COMHDRS): Splitted to separate sources shared with glibc. - - * loadmsgcat.c: Forget to continue #if line. - - * localealias.c: - [_LIBC]: Rename strcasecmp to __strcasecmp to keep ANSI C name - space clean. - - * dcgettext.c, finddomain.c: Better comment to last change. - - * loadmsgcat.c: - [_LIBC]: Rename fstat, open, close, read, mmap, and munmap to - __fstat, __open, __close, __read, __mmap, and __munmap resp - to keep ANSI C name space clean. - - * finddomain.c: - [_LIBC]: Rename stpcpy to __stpcpy to keep ANSI C name space clean. - - * dcgettext.c: - [_LIBC]: Rename getced and stpcpy to __getcwd and __stpcpy resp to - keep ANSI C name space clean. - - * libgettext.h: - Include sys/types.h for those old SysV systems out there. - Reported by Francesco Potorti`. - - * loadmsgcat.c (use_mmap): Define if compiled for glibc. - - * bindtextdom.c: Include all those standard headers - unconditionally if _LIBC is defined. - - * finddomain.c: Fix 2 times defiend -> defined. - - * textdomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when - compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers - unconditionally if _LIBC is defined. - - * localealias.c, loadmsgcat.c: Prepare to be compiled in glibc. - - * gettext.c: - Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when compiling for glibc. - Get NULL from stddef.h if we compile for glibc. - - * finddomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when - compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers - unconditionally if _LIBC is defined. - - * dcgettext.c: Include all those standard headers unconditionally - if _LIBC is defined. - - * dgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of - libgettext.h. - (locale.h): Don't rely on HAVE_LOCALE_H when compiling for glibc. - - * dcgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of - libgettext.h. - (getcwd): Don't rely on HAVE_GETCWD when compiling for glibc. - - * bindtextdom.c: - If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h. - -Mon Sep 25 22:23:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias): Don't call bsearch if NMAP <= 0. - Reported by Marcus Daniels. - - * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): - String used in putenv must not be recycled. - Reported by Marcus Daniels. - - * libgettext.h (__USE_GNU_GETTEXT): - Additional symbol to signal that we use GNU gettext - library. - - * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): - Fix bug with the strange stpcpy replacement. - Reported by Nelson Beebe. - -Sat Sep 23 08:23:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * cat-compat.c: Include for stpcpy prototype. - - * localealias.c (read_alias_file): - While expand strdup code temporary variable `cp' hided - higher level variable with same name. Rename to `tp'. - - * textdomain.c (textdomain): - Avoid warning by using temporary variable in strdup code. - - * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Remove unused variable `application'. - -Thu Sep 21 15:51:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * localealias.c (alias_compare): - Use strcasecmp() only if available. Else use - implementation in place. - - * intl-compat.c: - Wrapper functions now call *__ functions instead of __*. - - * libgettext.h: Declare prototypes for *__ functions instead for __*. - - * cat-compat.c, loadmsgcat.c: - Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part - of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used - standalone. - - * bindtextdom.c: - Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part - of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used - standalone. - Rename to bindtextdomain__ if not used in GNU C Library. - - * dgettext.c: - Rename function to dgettext__ if not used in GNU C Library. - - * gettext.c: - Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part - of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used - standalone. - Functions now called gettext__ if not used in GNU C Library. - - * dcgettext.c, localealias.c, textdomain.c, finddomain.c: - Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part - of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used - standalone. - -Sun Sep 17 23:14:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * finddomain.c: Correct some bugs in handling of CEN standard - locale definitions. - -Thu Sep 7 01:49:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * finddomain.c: Implement CEN syntax. - - * gettextP.h (loaded_domain): Extend number of successors to 31. - -Sat Aug 19 19:25:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (aliaspath): Remove path to X11 locale dir. - - * Makefile.in: Make install-src depend on install. This helps - gettext to install the sources and other packages can use the - install goal. - -Sat Aug 19 15:19:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (uninstall): Remove stuff installed by install-src. - -Tue Aug 15 13:13:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * VERSION.in: Initial revision. - - * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): - Add VERSION file. This is not necessary for gettext, but - for other packages using this library. - -Tue Aug 15 06:16:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * gettextP.h (_nl_find_domain): - New prototype after changing search strategy. - - * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): - We now try only to find a specified catalog. Fall back to other - catalogs listed in the locale list is now done in __dcgettext. - - * dcgettext.c (__dcgettext): - Now we provide message fall back even to different languages. - I.e. if a message is not available in one language all the other - in the locale list a tried. Formerly fall back was only possible - within one language. Implemented by moving one loop from - _nl_find_domain to here. - -Mon Aug 14 23:45:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): - Directory where source of GNU gettext library are made - available. - (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): Programs used for installing sources. - (gettext-src): New. Rule to install GNU gettext sources for use in - gettextize shell script. - -Sun Aug 13 14:40:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): - Use mmap for loading only when munmap function is - also available. - - * Makefile.in (install): Depend on `all' goal. - -Wed Aug 9 11:04:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * localealias.c (read_alias_file): - Do not overwrite '\n' when terminating alias value string. - - * localealias.c (read_alias_file): - Handle long lines. Ignore the rest not fitting in - the buffer after the initial `fgets' call. - -Wed Aug 9 00:54:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * gettextP.h (_nl_load_domain): - Add prototype, replacing prototype for _nl_load_msg_cat. - - * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): - Remove unneeded variable filename and filename_len. - (expand_alias): Remove prototype because functions does not - exist anymore. - - * localealias.c (read_alias_file): - Change type of fname_len parameter to int. - (xmalloc): Add prototype. - - * loadmsgcat.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc. - -Tue Aug 8 22:30:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): - Allow alias name to be constructed from the four components. - - * Makefile.in (aliaspath): New variable. Set to preliminary value. - (SOURCES): Add localealias.c. - (OBJECTS): Add localealias.o. - - * gettextP.h: Add prototype for _nl_expand_alias. - - * finddomain.c: Aliasing handled in intl/localealias.c. - - * localealias.c: Aliasing for locale names. - - * bindtextdom.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc and xstrdup. - -Mon Aug 7 23:47:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): gettext.perl is now found in misc/. - - * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): - Correct implementation. dirname parameter was not used. - Reported by Marcus Daniels. - - * gettextP.h (loaded_domain): - New fields `successor' and `decided' for oo, lazy - message handling implementation. - - * dcgettext.c: - Adopt for oo, lazy message handliing. - Now we can inherit translations from less specific locales. - (find_msg): New function. - - * loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c: - Complete rewrite. Implement oo, lazy message handling :-). - We now have an additional environment variable `LANGUAGE' with - a higher priority than LC_ALL for the LC_MESSAGE locale. - Here we can set a colon separated list of specifications each - of the form `language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]'. - -Sat Aug 5 09:55:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * finddomain.c (unistd.h): - Include to get _PC_PATH_MAX defined on system having it. - -Fri Aug 4 22:42:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * finddomain.c (stpcpy): Include prototype. - - * Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message. - -Wed Aug 2 18:52:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (ID, TAGS): Do not use $^. - -Tue Aug 1 20:07:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (TAGS, ID): Use $^ as command argument. - (TAGS): Give etags -o option t write to current directory, - not $(srcdir). - (ID): Use $(srcdir) instead os $(top_srcdir)/src. - (distclean): Remove ID. - -Sun Jul 30 11:51:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (gnulocaledir): - New variable, always using share/ for data directory. - (DEFS): Add GNULOCALEDIR, used in finddomain.c. - - * finddomain.c (_nl_default_dirname): - Set to GNULOCALEDIR, because it always has to point - to the directory where GNU gettext Library writes it to. - - * intl-compat.c (textdomain, bindtextdomain): - Undefine macros before function definition. - -Sat Jul 22 01:10:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * libgettext.h (_LIBINTL_H): - Protect definition in case where this file is included as - libgettext.h on Solaris machines. Add comment about this. - -Wed Jul 19 02:36:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * intl-compat.c (textdomain): Correct typo. - -Wed Jul 19 01:51:35 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * dcgettext.c (dcgettext): Function now called __dcgettext. - - * dgettext.c (dgettext): Now called __dgettext and calls - __dcgettext. - - * gettext.c (gettext): - Function now called __gettext and calls __dgettext. - - * textdomain.c (textdomain): Function now called __textdomain. - - * bindtextdom.c (bindtextdomain): Function now called - __bindtextdomain. - - * intl-compat.c: Initial revision. - - * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add intl-compat.c. - (OBJECTS): We always compile the GNU gettext library functions. - OBJECTS contains all objects but cat-compat.o, ../po/cat-if-tbl.o, - and intl-compat.o. - (GETTOBJS): Contains now only intl-compat.o. - - * libgettext.h: - Re-include protection matches dualistic character of libgettext.h. - For all functions in GNU gettext library define __ counter part. - - * finddomain.c (strchr): Define as index if not found in C library. - (_nl_find_domain): For relative paths paste / in between. - -Tue Jul 18 16:37:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c: Add inclusion of sys/types.h. - - * xopen-msg.sed: Fix bug with `msgstr ""' lines. - A little bit better comments. - -Tue Jul 18 01:18:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in: - po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh are now found in ../misc. - - * po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh, elisp-comp: - Moved to ../misc/. - - * libgettext.h, gettextP.h, gettext.h: Uniform test for __STDC__. - -Sun Jul 16 22:33:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): New variables. - (install-data, uninstall): Install/uninstall .elc file. - - * po-mode.el (Installation comment): - Add .pox as possible extension of .po files. - -Sun Jul 16 13:23:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * elisp-comp: Complete new version by Franc,ois: This does not - fail when not compiling in the source directory. - -Sun Jul 16 00:12:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o): - Use $(MAKE) instead of make for recursive make. - - * Makefile.in (.el.elc): Use $(SHELL) instead of /bin/sh. - (install-exec): Add missing dummy goal. - (install-data, uninstall): @ in multi-line shell command at - beginning, not in front of echo. Reported by Eric Backus. - -Sat Jul 15 00:21:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): - Rename libgettext.perl to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars - file systems. - - * gettext.perl: - Rename to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars file systems. - -Thu Jul 13 23:17:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * cat-compat.c: If !STDC_HEADERS try to include malloc.h. - -Thu Jul 13 20:55:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * po2tbl.sed.in: Pretty printing. - - * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: - Correct bugs with handling substitute flags in branches. - - * hash-string.h (hash_string): - Old K&R compilers don't under stand `unsigned char'. - - * gettext.h (nls_uint32): - Some old K&R compilers (eg HP) don't understand `unsigned int'. - - * cat-compat.c (msg_to_cat_id): De-ANSI-fy prototypes. - -Thu Jul 13 01:34:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (ELCFILES): New variable. - (DISTFILES): Add elisp-comp. - Add implicit rule for .el -> .elc compilation. - (install-data): install $ELCFILES - (clean): renamed po-to-tbl and po-to-msg to po2tbl and po2msg resp. - - * elisp-comp: Initial revision - -Wed Jul 12 16:14:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in: - cat-id-tbl.c is now found in po/. This enables us to use an identical - intl/ directory in all packages. - - * dcgettext.c (dcgettext): hashing does not work for table size <= 2. - - * textdomain.c: fix typo (#if def -> #if defined) - -Tue Jul 11 18:44:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in (stamp-cat-id): use top_srcdir to address source files - (DISTFILES,distclean): move tupdate.perl to src/ - - * po-to-tbl.sed.in: - add additional jump to clear change flag to recognize multiline strings - -Tue Jul 11 01:32:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * textdomain.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h and string.h. - - * loadmsgcat.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h. - - * libgettext.h: Protect inclusion of locale.h. - Allow use in C++ programs. - Define NULL is not happened already. - - * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): ship po-to-tbl.sed.in instead of - po-to-tbl.sed. - (distclean): remove po-to-tbl.sed and tupdate.perl. - - * tupdate.perl.in: Substitute Perl path even in exec line. - Don't include entries without translation from old .po file. - -Tue Jul 4 00:41:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * tupdate.perl.in: use "Updated: " in msgid "". - - * cat-compat.c: Fix typo (LOCALDIR -> LOCALEDIR). - Define getenv if !__STDC__. - - * bindtextdom.c: Protect stdlib.h and string.h inclusion. - Define free if !__STDC__. - - * finddomain.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR. - Define free if !__STDC__. - - * cat-compat.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR. - -Mon Jul 3 23:56:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * Makefile.in: Use LOCALEDIR instead of DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR. - Remove unneeded $(srcdir) from Makefile.in dependency. - - * makelinks: Add copyright and short description. - - * po-mode.el: Last version for 0.7. - - * tupdate.perl.in: Fix die message. - - * dcgettext.c: Protect include of string.h. - - * gettext.c: Protect include of stdlib.h and further tries to get NULL. - - * finddomain.c: Some corrections in includes. - - * Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Prune list correct path to Makefile.in. - - * po-to-tbl.sed: Adopt for new .po file format. - - * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Adopt for new .po file format. - -Sun Jul 2 23:55:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * tupdate.perl.in: Complete rewrite for new .po file format. - -Sun Jul 2 02:06:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper - - * First official release. This directory contains all the code - needed to internationalize own packages. It provides functions - which allow to use the X/Open catgets function with an interface - like the Uniforum gettext function. For system which does not - have neither of those a complete implementation is provided. diff --git a/lib/Makefile.in b/lib/Makefile.in index 618a0cb..87b6838 100644 --- a/lib/Makefile.in +++ b/lib/Makefile.in @@ -178,6 +178,9 @@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ @@ -258,7 +261,7 @@ all: $(BUILT_SOURCES) .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ @@ -283,9 +286,9 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh clean-noinstLIBRARIES: diff --git a/libidu/Makefile.in b/libidu/Makefile.in index 335e7bc..3afeaa3 100644 --- a/libidu/Makefile.in +++ b/libidu/Makefile.in @@ -170,6 +170,9 @@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ @@ -256,7 +259,7 @@ all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ @@ -281,9 +284,9 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh clean-noinstLIBRARIES: diff --git a/libidu/xnls.h b/libidu/xnls.h index 4d606e1..6cfa3b1 100644 --- a/libidu/xnls.h +++ b/libidu/xnls.h @@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ #if ENABLE_NLS # define _(Text) gettext (Text) +# ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H +# include +# endif #else # define _(Text) Text #endif diff --git a/lisp/Makefile.am b/lisp/Makefile.am index d8188e3..9038f21 100644 --- a/lisp/Makefile.am +++ b/lisp/Makefile.am @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ ## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in -lisp_LISP = id-utils.el -EXTRA_DIST = $(lisp_LISP) +dist_lisp_LISP = id-utils.el + diff --git a/lisp/Makefile.in b/lisp/Makefile.in index 66821b2..ddf0840 100644 --- a/lisp/Makefile.in +++ b/lisp/Makefile.in @@ -154,6 +154,9 @@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ @@ -219,7 +222,7 @@ dist_lisp_LISP = id-utils.el all: all-am .SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ @@ -244,9 +247,9 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh uninstall-info-am: diff --git a/m4/Makefile.am b/m4/Makefile.am index 7839bcf..d4b6e1a 100644 --- a/m4/Makefile.am +++ b/m4/Makefile.am @@ -1,7 +1,16 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 -SUBDIRS = m4 intl lib libidu src lisp doc testsuite po -EXTRA_DIST = README-alpha config.rpath mkinstalldirs autogen.sh - +EXTRA_DIST = alloca.m4 atexit.m4 closeout.m4 codeset.m4 \ + d-ino.m4 error.m4 exclude.m4 exitfail.m4 extensions.m4 \ + fnmatch.m4 fpending.m4 getcwd-path-max.m4 getcwd.m4 \ + getopt.m4 gettext.m4 glibc2.m4 glibc21.m4 gnulib-cache.m4 \ + gnulib-comp.m4 gnulib-tool.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 intmax.m4 \ + inttypes-pri.m4 inttypes.m4 inttypes_h.m4 isc-posix.m4 \ + lcmessage.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 longdouble.m4 \ + longlong.m4 lstat.m4 mbchar.m4 mbiter.m4 mbrtowc.m4 \ + mbstate_t.m4 memchr.m4 memcpy.m4 mempcpy.m4 memset.m4 \ + nls.m4 obstack.m4 onceonly_2_57.m4 pathmax.m4 po.m4 \ + printf-posix.m4 progtest.m4 quotearg.m4 regex.m4 \ + restrict.m4 signed.m4 size_max.m4 stat-macros.m4 stdbool.m4 \ + stdint_h.m4 strcase.m4 strcspn.m4 strdup.m4 strerror_r.m4 \ + strpbrk.m4 strsep.m4 strstr.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4 \ + wchar_t.m4 wint_t.m4 xalloc.m4 xgetcwd.m4 xsize.m4 diff --git a/m4/Makefile.in b/m4/Makefile.in index 43f75c4..59fe57e 100644 --- a/m4/Makefile.in +++ b/m4/Makefile.in @@ -139,6 +139,9 @@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ @@ -219,7 +222,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST = alloca.m4 atexit.m4 closeout.m4 codeset.m4 \ all: all-am .SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ @@ -244,9 +247,9 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh uninstall-info-am: tags: TAGS diff --git a/po/Makevars b/po/Makevars new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb1b94a --- /dev/null +++ b/po/Makevars @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. + +# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name. +DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE) + +# These two variables depend on the location of this directory. +subdir = po +top_builddir = .. + +# These options get passed to xgettext. +XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ + +# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the +# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding +# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's +# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are +# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person +# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for +# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim +# their copyright. +COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report +# bugs in the untranslated strings: +# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines +# in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'. +# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be +# understood. +# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or +# money. +# - Pluralisation problems. +# - Incorrect English spelling. +# - Incorrect formatting. +# It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators +# can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through +# which the translators can contact you. +MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = bug-id-utils@gnu.org + +# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the +# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty. +EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES = diff --git a/po/Makevars.template b/po/Makevars.template new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb1b94a --- /dev/null +++ b/po/Makevars.template @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. + +# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name. +DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE) + +# These two variables depend on the location of this directory. +subdir = po +top_builddir = .. + +# These options get passed to xgettext. +XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ + +# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the +# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding +# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's +# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are +# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person +# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for +# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim +# their copyright. +COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report +# bugs in the untranslated strings: +# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines +# in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'. +# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be +# understood. +# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or +# money. +# - Pluralisation problems. +# - Incorrect English spelling. +# - Incorrect formatting. +# It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators +# can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through +# which the translators can contact you. +MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = bug-id-utils@gnu.org + +# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the +# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty. +EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES = diff --git a/po/Rules-quot b/po/Rules-quot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c2a995 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/Rules-quot @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks. + +DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot + +.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en + +en@quot.po-create: + $(MAKE) en@quot.po-update +en@boldquot.po-create: + $(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update + +en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en +en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en + +.insert-header.po-update-en: + @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \ + tmpdir=`pwd`; \ + echo "$$lang:"; \ + ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \ + LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \ + cd $(srcdir); \ + if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \ + if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + else \ + if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ + :; \ + else \ + echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ + exit 1; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + else \ + echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + fi + +en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header + +en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot +mostlyclean-quot: + rm -f *.insert-header diff --git a/po/en@boldquot.header b/po/en@boldquot.header new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fedb6a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/en@boldquot.header @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. +# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation +# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) +# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see +# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html +# +# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). +# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) +# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to +# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). +# +# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. +# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to +# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# +# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in +# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences. +# diff --git a/po/en@quot.header b/po/en@quot.header new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9647fc --- /dev/null +++ b/po/en@quot.header @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. +# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation +# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) +# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see +# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html +# +# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). +# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) +# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to +# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). +# +# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. +# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to +# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# diff --git a/po/insert-header.sin b/po/insert-header.sin new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b26de01 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/insert-header.sin @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry. +# +# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following +# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following +# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following +# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space. +/^msgid /{ +x +# Test if the hold space is empty. +s/m/m/ +ta +# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file. +r HEADER +# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the +# current line while doing this. +g +N +bb +:a +# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. +x +:b +} diff --git a/po/remove-potcdate.sed b/po/remove-potcdate.sed deleted file mode 100644 index edb38d7..0000000 --- a/po/remove-potcdate.sed +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{ -x -s/P/P/ -ta -g -d -bb -:a -x -:b -} diff --git a/po/remove-potcdate.sin b/po/remove-potcdate.sin new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2436c49 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/remove-potcdate.sin @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry +# from a POT file. +# +# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the +# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space. +/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{ +x +# Test if the hold space is empty. +s/P/P/ +ta +# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line. +g +d +bb +:a +# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. +x +:b +} diff --git a/src/Makefile.in b/src/Makefile.in index 545093f..10913d3 100644 --- a/src/Makefile.in +++ b/src/Makefile.in @@ -186,6 +186,9 @@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ @@ -260,7 +263,7 @@ all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ @@ -285,9 +288,9 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) diff --git a/testsuite/Makefile.in b/testsuite/Makefile.in index 2846f2e..726da55 100644 --- a/testsuite/Makefile.in +++ b/testsuite/Makefile.in @@ -1,6 +1,8 @@ -# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.4 from Makefile.am. +# @configure_input@ -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. @@ -10,258 +12,428 @@ # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -SHELL = @SHELL@ - +@SET_MAKE@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ - -bindir = @bindir@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -oldincludedir = /usr/include - pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ - top_builddir = .. - -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ - +am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG = -transform = @program_transform_name@ - +install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 +install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c +install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : - -@SET_MAKE@ -AMDEP = @AMDEP@ +build_triplet = @build@ +host_triplet = @host@ +subdir = testsuite +DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in +ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/alloca.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/atexit.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/closeout.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/codeset.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/d-ino.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/error.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/exclude.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/exitfail.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/extensions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/fnmatch.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/fpending.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/getcwd-path-max.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/getcwd.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/getopt.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/glibc2.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/glibc21.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/intdiv0.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intmax.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/inttypes.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/inttypes_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lcmessage.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/longdouble.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/longlong.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lstat.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/mbchar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/mbiter.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/mbrtowc.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/mbstate_t.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/memchr.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/memcpy.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/mempcpy.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/memset.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/obstack.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/onceonly_2_57.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/pathmax.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/printf-posix.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/quotearg.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/regex.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/restrict.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/signed.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/size_max.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/stat-macros.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/stdbool.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/stdint_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strcase.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/strcspn.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strdup.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/strpbrk.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strsep.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/strstr.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/uintmax_t.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ulonglong.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/wchar_t.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/wint_t.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/xalloc.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/xgetcwd.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/xsize.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(ACLOCAL_M4) +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +SOURCES = +DIST_SOURCES = +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ +ALLOCA_H = @ALLOCA_H@ +AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@ +AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ -CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ +BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ +CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ +DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ +ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ +ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ +EGREP = @EGREP@ EMACS = @EMACS@ +EMACSLOADPATH = @EMACSLOADPATH@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +FNMATCH_H = @FNMATCH_H@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ -GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +GETOPT_H = @GETOPT_H@ +GLIBC2 = @GLIBC2@ +GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GT_NO = @GT_NO@ -GT_YES = @GT_YES@ -INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ +HAVE_ASPRINTF = @HAVE_ASPRINTF@ +HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF = @HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@ +HAVE_SNPRINTF = @HAVE_SNPRINTF@ +HAVE_WPRINTF = @HAVE_WPRINTF@ +HAVE__BOOL = @HAVE__BOOL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ -INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@ +INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ -LANGUAGE_MAP_FILE = @LANGUAGE_MAP_FILE@ +INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ +INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ +LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ LN_S = @LN_S@ +LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ +LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ +LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@ +MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -POFILES = @POFILES@ +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ +PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ +PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ +PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ +PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ +PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -README_ALPHA = @README_ALPHA@ -U = @U@ +SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ +SHELL = @SHELL@ +STDBOOL_H = @STDBOOL_H@ +STRIP = @STRIP@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ +ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ +ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@ +ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@ +am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ +am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +am__tar = @am__tar@ +am__untar = @am__untar@ +bindir = @bindir@ +build = @build@ +build_alias = @build_alias@ +build_cpu = @build_cpu@ +build_os = @build_os@ +build_vendor = @build_vendor@ +datadir = @datadir@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +host = @host@ +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_cpu = @host_cpu@ +host_os = @host_os@ +host_vendor = @host_vendor@ +includedir = @includedir@ +infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ -l = @l@ +libdir = @libdir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ lispdir = @lispdir@ - - +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +mandir = @mandir@ +mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ +oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +target_alias = @target_alias@ TESTS = consistency - EXTRA_DIST = $(TESTS) - DISTCLEANFILES = ID -subdir = testsuite -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs -CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -DIST_SOURCES = -DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in - - -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) +all: all-am -GZIP_ENV = --best -all: all-redirect .SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) - cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits testsuite/Makefile - -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - cd $(top_builddir) \ - && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status - +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) + @for dep in $?; do \ + case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ + *$$dep*) \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ + && exit 0; \ + exit 1;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu testsuite/Makefile'; \ + cd $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu testsuite/Makefile +.PRECIOUS: Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + @case '$?' in \ + *config.status*) \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ + *) \ + echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ + esac; + +$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh + +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +uninstall-info-am: tags: TAGS TAGS: +ctags: CTAGS +CTAGS: + + check-TESTS: $(TESTS) - @failed=0; all=0; xfail=0; xpass=0; \ + @failed=0; all=0; xfail=0; xpass=0; skip=0; \ srcdir=$(srcdir); export srcdir; \ - for tst in $(TESTS); do \ - if test -f ./$$tst; then dir=./; \ - elif test -f $$tst; then dir=; \ - else dir="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ - if $(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) $${dir}$$tst; then \ - all=`expr $$all + 1`; \ - case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \ - *" $$tst "*) \ - xpass=`expr $$xpass + 1`; \ - failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \ - echo "XPASS: $$tst"; \ - ;; \ - *) \ - echo "PASS: $$tst"; \ - ;; \ - esac; \ - elif test $$? -ne 77; then \ - all=`expr $$all + 1`; \ - case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \ - *" $$tst "*) \ - xfail=`expr $$xfail + 1`; \ - echo "XFAIL: $$tst"; \ - ;; \ - *) \ - failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \ - echo "FAIL: $$tst"; \ - ;; \ - esac; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - if test "$$failed" -eq 0; then \ - if test "$$xfail" -eq 0; then \ - banner="All $$all tests passed"; \ + list='$(TESTS)'; \ + if test -n "$$list"; then \ + for tst in $$list; do \ + if test -f ./$$tst; then dir=./; \ + elif test -f $$tst; then dir=; \ + else dir="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + if $(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) $${dir}$$tst; then \ + all=`expr $$all + 1`; \ + case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \ + *" $$tst "*) \ + xpass=`expr $$xpass + 1`; \ + failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \ + echo "XPASS: $$tst"; \ + ;; \ + *) \ + echo "PASS: $$tst"; \ + ;; \ + esac; \ + elif test $$? -ne 77; then \ + all=`expr $$all + 1`; \ + case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \ + *" $$tst "*) \ + xfail=`expr $$xfail + 1`; \ + echo "XFAIL: $$tst"; \ + ;; \ + *) \ + failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \ + echo "FAIL: $$tst"; \ + ;; \ + esac; \ + else \ + skip=`expr $$skip + 1`; \ + echo "SKIP: $$tst"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + if test "$$failed" -eq 0; then \ + if test "$$xfail" -eq 0; then \ + banner="All $$all tests passed"; \ + else \ + banner="All $$all tests behaved as expected ($$xfail expected failures)"; \ + fi; \ else \ - banner="All $$all tests behaved as expected ($$xfail expected failures)"; \ + if test "$$xpass" -eq 0; then \ + banner="$$failed of $$all tests failed"; \ + else \ + banner="$$failed of $$all tests did not behave as expected ($$xpass unexpected passes)"; \ + fi; \ fi; \ - else \ - if test "$$xpass" -eq 0; then \ - banner="$$failed of $$all tests failed"; \ - else \ - banner="$$failed of $$all tests did not behave as expected ($$xpass unexpected passes)"; \ + dashes="$$banner"; \ + skipped=""; \ + if test "$$skip" -ne 0; then \ + skipped="($$skip tests were not run)"; \ + test `echo "$$skipped" | wc -c` -le `echo "$$banner" | wc -c` || \ + dashes="$$skipped"; \ fi; \ - fi; \ - dashes=`echo "$$banner" | sed s/./=/g`; \ - echo "$$dashes"; \ - echo "$$banner"; \ - echo "$$dashes"; \ - test "$$failed" -eq 0 - -distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) + report=""; \ + if test "$$failed" -ne 0 && test -n "$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; then \ + report="Please report to $(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; \ + test `echo "$$report" | wc -c` -le `echo "$$banner" | wc -c` || \ + dashes="$$report"; \ + fi; \ + dashes=`echo "$$dashes" | sed s/./=/g`; \ + echo "$$dashes"; \ + echo "$$banner"; \ + test -z "$$skipped" || echo "$$skipped"; \ + test -z "$$report" || echo "$$report"; \ + echo "$$dashes"; \ + test "$$failed" -eq 0; \ + else :; fi distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ - d=$(srcdir); \ + @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ + topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ + list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \ + case $$file in \ + $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ + $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \ + esac; \ + if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \ + dir="/$$dir"; \ + $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \ + else \ + dir=''; \ + fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \ - || exit 1; \ + if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ + cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ else \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done -info-am: -info: info-am -dvi-am: -dvi: dvi-am check-am: all-am $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-TESTS check: check-am -installcheck-am: -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-exec-am: +all-am: Makefile +installdirs: +install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am - -install-data-am: install-data: install-data-am +uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am -install: install-am -uninstall-am: -uninstall: uninstall-am -all-am: Makefile -all-redirect: all-am -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install -installdirs: - +installcheck: installcheck-am +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: - -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* + -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES) maintainer-clean-generic: - -rm -f Makefile.in -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-am -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am +clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am -clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am +distclean: distclean-am + -rm -f Makefile +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic -clean: clean-am +dvi: dvi-am -distclean-am: distclean-generic clean-am +dvi-am: -distclean: distclean-am +html: html-am -maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +info: info-am + +info-am: + +install-data-am: + +install-exec-am: + +install-info: install-info-am + +install-man: + +installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am + -rm -f Makefile +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am -.PHONY: tags check-TESTS distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am \ -installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \ -install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \ -all-redirect all-am all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic \ -distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \ -mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic + +pdf: pdf-am + +pdf-am: + +ps: ps-am + +ps-am: + +uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am + +.PHONY: all all-am check check-TESTS check-am clean clean-generic \ + distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am \ + info info-am install install-am install-data install-data-am \ + install-exec install-exec-am install-info install-info-am \ + install-man install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ + installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \ + mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \ + uninstall-am uninstall-info-am consistency-real: all $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/consistency $(top_srcdir) $(top_builddir)/src - # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: -- cgit v1.2.3